r8605b m300 v2
TRANSCRIPT
Service Manual R8605BType M301, M302
System Analysis and Measurement Centre
M301, M302System Analysis and Measurement Centre
Service Manual
Volume 2
Note to Users
This Service Manual is constructed using a system of issue letters (alphas) immediatelyfollowing the reference number, eg. 5943A denotes A as being the first issue. This ruleapplies both to the overall volume reference and to its individual chapters, but is appliedto each, separately, whenever important amendments are made. Therefore, the incrementissue letter of any given chapter may not match that of the main volume.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605BM301, M302 Volume 2
Contents
SAFETY SECTION
CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION
CHAPTER 2 INSTALLATION
CHAPTER 3 COMMISSIONING
CHAPTER 4 PROBLEM ANALYSIS
CHAPTER 5 SCADA INFORMATION
SERVICE MANUAL R8605BM301, M302 Volume 2
Contents
SERVICE MANUAL R8605BM301, M302 Volume 2
Contents
SAFETY SECTION
This Safety Section should be read before commencing any work on the equipment.
Health and safety
The information in the Safety Section of the product documentation is intended toensure that products are properly installed and handled in order to maintain themin a safe condition. It is assumed that everyone who will be associated with theequipment will be familiar with the contents of the Safety Section.
Explanation of symbols and labels
The meaning of symbols and labels which may be used on the equipment or in theproduct documentation, is given below.
Caution: refer to product documentation Caution: risk of electric shock
Protective/safety *earth terminal
Functional *earth terminal.Note: this symbol may also be used for a protective/safety earth terminal if that terminal is part of aterminal block or sub-assembly eg. power supply.
*Note: The term earth used throughout the product documentation is the directequivalent of the North American term ground.
Installing, Commissioning and ServicingEquipment connections
Personnel undertaking installation, commissioning or servicing work on thisequipment should be aware of the correct working procedures to ensure safety.The product documentation should be consulted before installing, commissioning orservicing the equipment.
Terminals exposed during installation, commissioning and maintenance maypresent a hazardous voltage unless the equipment is electrically isolated.
If there is unlocked access to the rear of the equipment, care should be taken by allpersonnel to avoid electric shock or energy hazards.
Voltage and current connections should be made using insulated crimpterminations to ensure that terminal block insulation requirements are maintainedfor safety. To ensure that wires are correctly terminated, the correct crimp terminaland tool for the wire size should be used.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605BM301, M302 Volume 2
Contents
Before energising the equipment it must be earthed using the protective earthterminal, or the appropriate termination of the supply plug in the case of plugconnected equipment. Omitting or disconnecting the equipment earth may cause asafety hazard.
The recommended minimum earth wire size is 2.5 mm2, unless otherwise stated inthe technical data section of the product documentation.
Before energising the equipment, the following should be checked:
Voltage rating and polarity;
CT circuit rating and integrity of connections;
Protective fuse rating;
Integrity of earth connection (where applicable)
Equipment operating conditions
The equipment should be operated within the specified electrical andenvironmental limits.
Current transformer circuits
Do not open the secondary circuit of a live CT since the high voltage producedmay be lethal to personnel and could damage insulation.
External resistors
Where external resistors are fitted to relays, these may present a risk of electricshock or burns, if touched.
Battery replacement
Where internal batteries are fitted they should be replaced with the recommendedtype and be installed with the correct polarity, to avoid possible damage to theequipment.
Insulation and dielectric strength testing
Insulation testing may leave capacitors charged up to a hazardous voltage. At theend of each part of the test, the voltage should be gradually reduced to zero, todischarge capacitors, before the test leads are disconnected.
Insertion of modules and pcb cards
These must not be inserted into or withdrawn from equipment whilst it is energised,since this may result in damage.
Fibre optic communication
Where fibre optic communication devices are fitted, these should not be vieweddirectly. Optical power meters should be used to determine the operation or signallevel of the device.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605BM301, M302 Volume 2
Contents
Older ProductsElectrical adjustments
Equipments which require direct physical adjustments to their operating mechanismto change current or voltage settings, should have the electrical power removedbefore making the change, to avoid any risk of electric shock.
Mechanical adjustments
The electrical power to the relay contacts should be removed before checking anymechanical settings, to avoid any risk of electric shock.
Draw out case relays
Removal of the cover on equipment incorporating electromechanical operatingelements, may expose hazardous live parts such as relay contacts.
Insertion and withdrawal of extender cards
When using an extender card, this should not be inserted or withdrawn from theequipment whilst it is energised. This is to avoid possible shock or damagehazards. Hazardous live voltages may be accessible on the extender card.
Insertion and withdrawal of heavy current test plugs
When using a heavy current test plug, CT shorting links must be in place beforeinsertion or removal, to avoid potentially lethal voltages.
Decommissioning and Disposal
Decommissioning: The auxiliary supply circuit in the relay may includecapacitors across the supply or to earth. To avoid electricshock or energy hazards, after completely isolating thesupplies to the relay (both poles of any dc supply), thecapacitors should be safely discharged via the externalterminals prior to decommissioning.
Disposal: It is recommended that incineration and disposal to watercourses is avoided. The product should be disposed of in asafe manner. Any products containing batteries should havethem removed before disposal, taking precautions to avoidshort circuits. Particular regulations within the country ofoperation, may apply to the disposal of lithium batteries.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605BM301, M302 Volume 2
Contents
Technical SpecificationsProtective fuse rating
The recommended maximum rating of the external protective fuse for thisequipment is 6A, Red Spot type or equivalent, unless otherwise stated in thetechnical data section of the product documentation.
Insulation class: IEC 61010-1:1990/A2: 1995 This equipment requires aClass I protective (safety) earthEN 61010-1: 1993/A2: 1995 connection to ensure userClass I safety.
Installation IEC 61010-1:1990/A2: 1995 Distribution level, fixedCategory Category III installation. Equipment in(Overvoltage): EN 61010-1: 1993/A2: 1995 this category is qualification
Category III tested at 5kV peak, 1.2/50µs,500Ω, 0.5J, between all supplycircuits and earth and alsobetween independent circuits.
Environment: IEC 61010-1:1990/A2: 1995 Compliance is demonstrated byPollution degree 2 reference to generic safetyEN 61010-1: 1993/A2: 1995 standards.Pollution degree 2
Product safety: 73/23/EEC Compliance with the EuropeanCommission Low VoltageDirective.
EN 61010-1: 1993/A2: 1995 Compliance is demonstratedEN 60950: 1992/A11: 1997 by reference to generic safety
standards.
M301, M302System Analysis and Measurement Centre
Service Manual
Chapter 1Introduction
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 1Contents
1. INTRODUCTION TO MICOM M300 SERVICE MANUALS 1
2. INTRODUCTION TO MICOM 32.1 User interface and menu structure 32.1.1 Menu structure and password protection 32.1.1.1 Access level 0 42.1.1.2 Access level 1 52.1.1.3 Access level 2 62.2 Reading and clearing of alarm messages and fault records 252.3 Communication ports user interface 252.4 Courier communication interface 262.5 ModBus communication interface 26
3. MODEL IDENTIFICATION 28
FIGURE 1 MENU ACCESS LEVEL 0 4
FIGURE 2 MENU ACCESS LEVEL 1 5
FIGURE 3 MENU ACCESS LEVEL 2 6
FIGURE 4 PASSWORD ENTRY PROCEDURE 7
FIGURE 5 MENU OVERVIEW 8
FIGURE 6 LAYER 0 MENU 9
FIGURE 7 LAYER 1 MENU 10
FIGURE 8 LAYER 2 MENU: SYSTEM DATA 11
FIGURE 9 LAYER 2 MENU: SYSTEM CONFIGURATION 12
FIGURE 10 LAYER 2 MENU: SYSTEM MODES 13
FIGURE 11 LAYER 2 MENU: SYSTEM COMMANDS 14
FIGURE 12 LAYER 2 MENU: DEMAND VALUES 15
FIGURE 13 LAYER 2 MENU: TARIFF METER 16
FIGURE 14 LAYER 2 MENU: VIEW RECORDS 17
FIGURE 15 LAYER 2 MENU: DISTURBANCE RECORDER 18
FIGURE 16 LAYER 2 MENU: COMMUNICATION SETTINGS 19
FIGURE 17 LAYER 2 MENU: DEMAND CALCULATION 20
FIGURE 18 LAYER 2 MENU: ANALOG OUTPUTS 21
FIGURE 19 LAYER 2 MENU: RELAY OUTPUTS 22
FIGURE 20 LAYER 2 MENU: OPTO INPUTS 23
FIGURE 21 LAYER 2 MENU: SETPOINT GROUPS 1 TO 4 24
FIGURE 22 LAYER 2 MENU: TARIFF SETTINGS 25
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 1Page 1 of 28
Section 1. INTRODUCTION TO MICOM M300 SERVICEMANUALS
This service manual provides a functional and technical description of the MiCOMM300 System Analysis and Measurement Centre range and a comprehensive setof instructions for the use and application of the unit. The generic description usedfor the product range in this manual is M300. There are two main productvariants; one panel mounted and referred to throughout as M301, and the otherDIN rail mounted and referred to as M302.
The service manual is split into two volumes as follows:
Volume 1 includes information on the application of the measurement centre anda technical description of its features. It is mainly intended forapplication engineers concerned with the selection and application ofthe product for measuring power system parameters.
Volume 2 contains information on the installation and commissioning of theproduct, and also a section on fault finding. This volume is intendedfor test and commissioning engineers who are responsible for theinstallation and maintenance of the unit.
The introductory chapter is common to both volumes and includes:
• An introduction to the MiCOM range of products and the features and facilitieswhich the range offers.
• A description of the user interface of the M301 to enable the user to start usingthe product. This concentrates on the menu structure and how to navigate it fromthe front of the unit.
• General technical statements.
The chapter content within each volume is summarised below:
Volume 1 Engineering Volume
Chapter 1 Introduction
Introduction to the MiCOM products and a guide to the userinterface of the M300.
Chapter 2 Applications
Comprehensive and detailed description of the features of theproduct, the power system applications for which it is intended, andhow to calculate and apply suitable settings to the unit.
Chapter 3 Description
Overview of the hardware and software in the unit along with adescription of the internal operation of the unit. This chapter includesinformation on the self checking features and diagnostics of theproduct.
Chapter 4 Specification
Technical specifications of the product giving details of accuracylimits, recommended operating conditions, technical ratings andperformance etc. Where appropriate the technical specifications arequoted in relation to the relevant technical standard(s).
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 1Page 2 of 28
Volume 2 Installation volume
Chapter 1 Introduction
Introduction to the MiCOM products and a guide to the userinterface of the M300.
Chapter 2 Installation
Contains recommendations on unpacking, handling, inspection andstorage of the product. A guide to the mechanical and electricalinstallation of the product is provided, which incorporates wiringdiagrams and earthing details.
Chapter 3 Commissioning
Instructions regarding how to commission the product on site,comprising checks on the calibration of the product, and directionson how to check the functionality of the product to prove it is incorrect working order. This also includes a guide to entering therequired product settings.
Chapter 4 Problem analysis
This chapter provides advice on how to recognise failure symptomsand how to proceed in order to restore the product to a healthycondition.
Chapter 5 Communications and SCADA interface
This chapter provides detailed information regarding thecommunication interfaces of the product, including a detaileddescription of the settings database stored inside and how to accessit. The chapter also gives information on each of the communicationprotocols that can be used with the unit, and is intended to allow theuser to design a custom interface to a SCADA system.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 1Page 3 of 28
Section 2. INTRODUCTION TO MICOM
MiCOM is the new range of substation protection and control products fromALSTOM T&D Protection & Control. Central to the concept of MiCOM iscommunication; communication between the different products in the range andbetween the MiCOM products and substation control and SCADA systems. Thisenables MiCOM to provide a comprehensive range of integrated protection andcontrol equipment which is capable of fulfilling all substation requirements.
The MiCOM range includes a wide selection of protection relays (the P series),measurement products for accurate metering and monitoring (the M series) andversatile communication support packages for personal computer interrogation ofthe products (the S series).
All MiCOM products include facilities for recording a multitude of information onthe state and behaviour of the power system through disturbance and fault records,but also can provide measurements of the system at regular intervals to a controlcentre to enable remote monitoring and control to take place.
There are several personal computer based support software packages in theMiCOM range which are custom designed for use with the other MiCOMproducts:
• MiCOM M300 setting software is designed for local control of a singlemeasurement centre and provides facilities for changing product settings andviewing measurands. This package communicates via the ModBus protocol.
• MiCOM S1 is designed for local control of a single relay and providesfacilities for operations such as changing the relay settings, programming theprotection scheme logic and extracting disturbance and fault records. Thispackage communicates via the Courier protocol.
• MiCOM S10 provides substation-wide communication with many MiCOMproducts and is capable of extracting and displaying measurements from anentire substation. Also MiCOM S1 can be combined with MiCOM S10 toallow control of the relay settings for all MiCOM devices within a substation.
The range of measurement products in the MiCOM range presently includes thefollowing products:
M100 panel mounted energy meters
M210 system measurement centre
M300 system analysis and measurement centre
For up-to-date information on any of the products in the MiCOM range see thelatest MiCOM publications.
2.1 User interface and menu structure
The settings and functions of the M300 can be accessed from either the front panelor rear communications port. The M302 has only communications ports and nolocal user interface.
2.1.1 Menu structure and password protection
The front panel user interface is arranged in a hierarchical structure which isdesigned to provide an intuitive interface eliminating the need for constantrecourse to the service manual. There are three main layers to the menu. Layer 0 of
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 1Page 4 of 28
the menu allows access to the measured parameters. Layer 1 allows access to thedifferent setting groups. Once the appropriate setting group that requires changingis located then access can be gained to the actual setting.
Different password access levels are allotted according to the security criteria ofindividual settings.
2.1.1.1 Access level 0
To set access to level 0
Layer 0 menu
or
Layer 1 menu
System data
Layer 2 menu
or
Password control
Enter password - see text
or
Access level 0
Level 1
Level 2
Level 0
Figure 1
With this access level set only level 0 settings can be changed without the entranceof a password. The only setting that can be changed is that of the Real Time Clock.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 1Page 5 of 28
2.1.1.2 Access level 1To set access to level 1
Layer 1 menu
or
System data
Layer 2 menu
or
Password control
Enter password - see text
or
Access level 1
Level 2
Level 0
Level 1
Device settings
Figure 2
With this access level set only level 0 and 1 settings can be changed without theentry of a password. The settings available include:
Real Time Clock
Clear all event records
Clear waveform capture and all disturbance records
All other reset commands
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 1Page 6 of 28
2.1.1.3 Access level 2:To set access to level 2
Layer 1 menu
or
System data
Layer 2 menu
or
Password control
Enter password - see text
or
Access level 2
Level 0
Level 1
Device settings
Level 2
Layer 0 menu
All settings are now available to the operator without entering passwords.
If a setting requires a password to be entered then the following procedure shouldbe followed:
Figure 3
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 1Page 7 of 28
Figure 4
The three menu layers of the unit can be navigated using the key presses shown inFigure 5 below. Pressing and holding a key will cause the unit to automaticallystep around the layer (auto repeat function).
Password settingEnter Level 1 or 2Password: ****
or
orZ, Y, X etc. A, B, C etc.
then
Enter Level 1 or 2Password: P***
orZ, Y, X etc. A, B, C etc.
then
Enter Level 1 or 2Password: P1**
orZ, Y, X etc. A, B, C etc.
then
Enter Level 1 or 2Password: P1A*
orZ, Y, X etc. A, B, C etc.
then
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 1Page 8 of 28
Figure 5 Menu overview
C
Currentdisplays
Powerdisplays
Powerfactor
Energydisplays
Maximumdemanddisplays
Systemfrequency
DC input
Pulsedinputdisplays
MiCOM M300MeasurementCentre
Voltagedisplays
Layer 0 menu
anti-clockwiserotation
clockwiserotation
C
Demandand tariffs
Record viewsand settings
Communicationssettings
Demandsettings
Analogueoutputs
Relayoutputs
Opto inputs
Setpointsand tariffs
System data
Systemcommands
Layer 1 menu
anti-clockwiserotation
clockwiserotation
C
Opto input 2Opto input 1
Layer 2 menu
anti-clockwiserotation
clockwiserotation
Return to previous menu
Return to previous menu
Actual setting change
Actual setting change
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 1Page 9 of 28
Figu
re 6
Laye
r 0 m
enu
C
MiC
OM
M30
0
Mea
sure
men
t Cen
tre
Van
Vbn
Vcn
Vab
Vbc
Vca
Van
Vbn
Vcn
%TH
DVa
b Vb
cVc
a %
THD
Volts
NPS
Ia Ib
IcN
eutra
l cur
rent
=Ia
IbIc
%TH
DA
MPS
NPS
=
Tim
e in
to p
erio
dx
into
y m
in
pulse
d in
put 2
pulse
d in
put 1
dc in
put
Syste
m fr
eque
ncy
MD
PF
MD
lead
ing
kvar
MD
lagg
ing
kvar
MD
(-) k
VA
MD
(+) k
VA
MD
exp
ort k
WM
D im
port
kWLe
adin
g en
ergy
Lagg
ing
ener
gyEx
port
ener
gyIm
port
ener
gyPF
=A
ppar
ent p
ower
Tota
lA
ppar
ent p
ower
Ph C
App
aren
t pow
erPh
B
Ia Ib
Ic M
D A
Real
pow
erPh
A
Real
pow
erPh
B
Real
pow
erPh
C
Real
pow
erTo
tal
Reac
tive
pow
erPh
A
Reac
tive
pow
erPh
B
Reac
tive
pow
erPh
C
Reac
tive
pow
erTo
tal
App
aren
t pow
erPh
A
No
effe
ct
No
effe
ctRo
tate
left
Rota
te ri
ght
Go
to n
ext
men
u le
vel s
ettin
gs
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 1Page 10 of 28
Figu
re 7
Laye
r 1 m
enu
CRetu
rn to
pre
viou
s m
enu
No
effe
ctRo
tate
left
Rota
te ri
ght
Go
to n
ext
men
u le
vel
setti
ngs
Syste
m D
ata
Syste
mco
nfig
urat
ion
Syste
m m
odes
Syste
mco
mm
ands
Dem
and
valu
esTa
riff m
eter
Setp
oint
grou
p 2
Setp
oint
grou
p 1
Opt
o in
puts
Rela
y ou
tput
sA
nalo
g ou
tput
sD
eman
dca
lcul
atio
n
View
reco
rds
Dis
turb
ance
reco
rder
Com
mun
icat
ions
setti
ngs
Tarif
f set
tings
Setp
oint
grou
p 4
Setp
oint
grou
p 3
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 1Page 11 of 28
Figu
re 8
Laye
r 2 m
enu:
Sys
tem
dat
a
CRetu
rn to
pre
viou
s m
enu
Ente
r set
ting
chan
ge m
enu
Rota
te le
ft
Rota
te ri
ght
Mor
e de
tail
whe
re n
eede
d
Lang
uage
Pass
wor
dD
escr
iptio
nPl
ant r
efer
ence
Act
ive
acce
ssle
vel
Rela
y ou
tput
statu
sO
pto
inpu
t sta
tus
Softw
are
ref 2
Mod
el n
umbe
r
Seria
l num
ber
Softw
are
ref 1
Leve
l 2 p
assw
ord
Leve
l 1 p
assw
ord
Pass
wor
d co
ntro
l
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 1Page 12 of 28
Figu
re 9
Laye
r 2 m
enu:
Sys
tem
con
figur
atio
n
CRetu
rn to
pre
viou
s m
enu
Ente
r set
ting
chan
ge m
enu
Rota
te le
ft
Rota
te ri
ght
Mor
e de
tail
whe
re n
eede
d
Fitte
d ha
rdw
are
Com
ms
prot
ocol
Dis
play
mod
e
Clo
ck s
ynch
Real
tim
e cl
ock
LCD
bac
klig
htM
ax c
lock
sync
h in
terv
al
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 1Page 13 of 28
Figu
re 1
0La
yer 2
men
u: S
yste
m m
odes
CRetu
rn to
pre
viou
s m
enu
Ente
r set
ting
chan
ge m
enu
Rota
te le
ft
Rota
te ri
ght
No
effe
ct
Con
nect
ion
mod
ePo
wer
flow
mod
eC
T pr
imar
y
VT s
econ
dary
CT
seco
ndar
yVT
prim
ary
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 1Page 14 of 28
Figu
re 1
1La
yer 2
men
u: S
yste
m c
omm
ands
CRetu
rn to
pre
viou
s m
enu
Ente
r set
ting
chan
ge m
enu
Rota
te le
ft
Rota
te ri
ght
No
effe
ct
Cle
ar to
rese
t:En
ergy
met
erC
lear
to re
set:
Dem
and
Cle
ar to
rese
t:En
ergy
and
dem
and
Ente
r to
capt
ure
B ph
fast
wav
efor
m
Ente
r to
capt
ure
A p
h fa
st w
avef
orm
Cle
ar to
rese
t:Pu
lse c
ount
s
Cle
ar to
resto
re
Pass
wor
d pr
otec
tion
Ente
r to
capt
ure
C p
h fa
st w
avef
orm
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 1Page 15 of 28
Figu
re 1
2La
yer 2
men
u: D
eman
d va
lues
CRetu
rn to
pre
viou
s m
enu
Ente
r set
ting
chan
ge m
enu
Rota
te le
ft
Rota
te ri
ght
Mor
e de
tail
whe
rene
cess
ary
Dem
ands
for
prev
ious
per
iod
Max
imum
dem
ands
sinc
e la
st re
set
Max
imum
dem
ands
pres
ent d
ay
Max
imum
dem
ands
day
5
Max
imum
dem
ands
day
4
Max
imum
dem
ands
day
1
Max
imum
dem
ands
day
3
Max
imum
dem
ands
day
2
Max
imum
dem
ands
day
7
Max
imum
dem
ands
day
6
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 1Page 16 of 28
Figu
re 1
3La
yer 2
men
u: T
ariff
met
er
CRetu
rn to
pre
viou
s m
enu
Ente
r set
ting
chan
ge m
enu
Rota
te le
ft
Rota
te ri
ght
Mor
e de
tail
whe
rene
cess
ary
Setti
ngs
statu
sA
ctiv
e ra
te re
giste
rRa
te re
giste
r 1
Rate
regi
ster 6
Rate
regi
ster 5
Rate
regi
ster 2
Rate
regi
ster 4
Rate
regi
ster 3
Rate
regi
ster 8
Rate
regi
ster 7
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 1Page 17 of 28
Figu
re 1
4La
yer 2
men
u: V
iew
reco
rds
CRetu
rn to
pre
viou
s m
enu
Ente
r set
ting
chan
ge m
enu
Rota
te le
ft
Rota
te ri
ght
Mor
e de
tail
whe
rene
cess
ary
Num
ber o
fre
cord
s
Cle
ar to
clea
r eve
nt re
cord
s0:
<er
ror>
5: <
erro
r>4:
<er
ror>
1: <
erro
r>
3: <
erro
r>
2: <
erro
r>
nth:
<er
ror>
6: <
erro
r>
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 1Page 18 of 28
Figu
re 1
5La
yer 2
men
u: D
istu
rban
ce re
cord
er
CRetu
rn to
pre
viou
s m
enu
Ente
r set
ting
chan
ge m
enu
Rota
te le
ft
Rota
te ri
ght
Mor
e de
tail
whe
rene
cess
ary
Reco
rder
sta
tus
<Sta
tus>
Sam
ples
per
cyc
leRe
cord
con
fig
Ente
r to
trigg
er
distu
rban
ce re
cord
er
Reco
rds
store
d
Post
trigg
er c
ycle
Opt
o in
put t
rigge
rs
Set p
oint
trig
gers
Cle
ar to
clea
r wav
e ca
p &
Dis
t rec
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 1Page 19 of 28
Figu
re 1
6La
yer 2
men
u: C
omm
unic
atio
n se
tting
s
CRetu
rn to
pre
viou
s m
enu
Ente
r set
ting
chan
ge m
enu
Rota
te le
ft
Rota
te ri
ght
No
effe
ct
Mod
em c
ontro
l lin
es:
<Sta
tus>
Mod
Bus
addr
ess
Mod
Bus
baud
rate
:
<Bau
d ra
te>
IEC
870
bau
d ra
teC
ourie
r add
ress
Mod
Bus
fram
ing:
<>
IEC
870
fram
ing
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 1Page 20 of 28
Figu
re 1
7La
yer 2
men
u: D
eman
d ca
lcul
atio
n
CRetu
rn to
pre
viou
s m
enu
Ente
r set
ting
chan
ge m
enu
Rota
te le
ft
Rota
te ri
ght
No
effe
ct
Func
tion:
<win
dow
type
>
Dem
and
perio
d
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 1Page 21 of 28
Figu
re 1
8La
yer 2
men
u: A
nalo
gout
puts
CRetu
rn to
pre
viou
s m
enu
Ente
r set
ting
chan
ge m
enu
Rota
te le
ft
Rota
te ri
ght
No
effe
ct
Ana
log
outp
ut 1
:
<ass
ignm
ent>
Ana
log
outp
ut 2
:
<ass
ignm
ent>
Ana
log
outp
ut 4
:
<ass
ignm
ent>
Ana
log
outp
ut 3
:
<ass
ignm
ent>
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 1Page 22 of 28
Figu
re 1
9La
yer 2
men
u: R
elay
out
puts
CRetu
rn to
pre
viou
s m
enu
Ente
r set
ting
chan
ge m
enu
Rota
te le
ft
Rota
te ri
ght
No
effe
ct
Rela
y 1
assi
gnm
ent:
<ass
ignm
ent>
Rela
y 2
assi
gnm
ent:
<ass
ignm
ent>
Rela
y 4
assi
gnm
ent:
<ass
ignm
ent>
Rela
y 3
assi
gnm
ent:
<ass
ignm
ent>
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 1Page 23 of 28
Figu
re 2
0La
yer 2
men
u: O
pto
inpu
ts
CRetu
rn to
pre
viou
s m
enu
Ente
r set
ting
chan
ge m
enu
Rota
te le
ft
Rota
te ri
ght
No
effe
ct
Opt
o in
put 1
:<a
ssig
nmen
t>
Opt
o in
put 2
:<a
ssig
nmen
t>
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 1Page 24 of 28
Setpoint group 1 is used in the example but all other groups are available in thesame format.
Figure 21 Layer 2 menu: setpoint groups 1 to 4
C
Return to previous menu
Enter setting change menuRotate left
Rotate right
More detailwherenecessary
Setpoint group 1delay: <delay>
Setpoint G1, E1:
<assignment>
Setpoint G1, E2:
<assignment>
Setpoint G1, E6:
<assignment>
Setpoint G1, E5:
<assignment>
Setpoint G1, E3:
<assignment>
Setpoint G1, E4:
<assignment>
Setpoint G1, E8:
<assignment>
Setpoint G1, E7:
<assignment>
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 1Page 25 of 28
Figure 22 Layer 2 menu: Tariff settings
The front panel will return to a default display if the front panel interface is inactivefor more than 15 minutes. If this happens any setting changes which have not beenconfirmed will be lost and the original setting values maintained. The defaultdisplay is the layer 0 menu position last displayed by the unit.
2.2 Reading and clearing of alarm messages and fault records
The presence of one or more alarm messages will be indicated by the ALARM LEDbeing illuminated on the M301. (The M302 has no display so access to alarms isvia the serial communications only.) The alarm messages can be viewed byrepeated pressing of the READ key and will appear in sequential order. When allalarms have been viewed, but not cleared, the ALARM LED will continue to beilluminated.
Pressing the CLEAR key will clear all alarm messages.
2.3 Communication ports user interface
The Measurement Centre has two communication ports located on the rear of theunit:
A 9 pin D-type connector which can be configured to be an RS232 ModBus portor an IEC 870 Courier port.
C
Return to previous menu
Enter setting change menuRotate left
Rotate right
More detailwherenecessary
Rate switchingevents 1 - 12
Rate switching
events 13 - 24
Rate switching
events 25 - 36
Fixed day
exclusions
Switching events
in season
Rate switching
events 37 - 48
Season switching
events
Rate register data
source
Fixed date
exlusions
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 1Page 26 of 28
A set of screw terminals for connection via twisted pair wiring and RS485communication to a master terminal at a more distant location (up to 1000m).This is designed for use with a permanently wired communication system covering,for example, a whole substation, and can connect a number of units to a singlemaster station for monitoring and control purposes. This port can be configured asa either a K-BUS COURIER port or RS 485 ModBus port.
2.4 Courier communication interface
Courier is the communication language developed by ALSTOM T&D Protection &Control to allow remote interrogation of its range of protection relays and is fullysupported by the MiCOM range. Courier works on a master/slave basis where theslave units contain information in the form of a database, and respond withinformation from the database when it is requested by a master unit.The Measurement Centre is a slave unit which is designed to be used with aCourier master unit such as MiCOM S1, PAS&T, ACCESS or a SCADA system.
The operations and functions supported by Courier communications are as follows:
display and modification of all settings
extraction of digital status
extraction of measurements
extraction of fault records
extraction of event and alarm records
manual extraction of disturbance records
reset of alarm conditions
clearing of event records
time synchronisation
automatic extraction of event and disturbance records
2.5 ModBus communication interface
ModBus is another master/slave communication protocol which can be used fornetwork control. In a similar fashion to Courier, the system works by the masterdevice initiating all actions and the slave devices (the Measurement Centres)responding to the master by supplying the requested data or by taking therequested action. ModBus communication can be held over the RS232 or RS485links provided (but not at the same time). Using the RS485 port up to 32 slavedevices can be connected together over a distance of up to 1000m.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 1Page 27 of 28
The operations and functions supported by ModBus communications are asfollows:
display and modification of all settings
extraction of digital status
extraction of measurements
extraction of fault records
extraction of event and alarm records
manual extraction of disturbance records
reset of alarm conditions
clearing of event records
time synchronisation
automatic extraction of event and disturbance records
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 1Page 28 of 28
Section 3. MODEL IDENTIFICATION
03M
Numeric instrumentation
Application
Variant:
Vx Aux rating:
Hardware
Product
Protocol options:
In/Vn Rating:
Measurement centre with display 01Measurement centre without display 02
24...70V dc L70...250V ac or dc H
1A, up to 440V 15A, up to 440V 5
No dc input 0
DC input 0...200mV 1
DC input 0...5V 2
DC input 0...250V 3
DC input 0...20mA 4
Base model - No output relays, No analogue outputs,
No status inputs and no dc input 0
Option 1 - Base model plus output relays and status inputs 1
Option 2 - Base model plus analogue outputs and dc input 2
Option 3 - Base model plus output relays, status inputs,
analogue outputs and dc inputs 3
RS232 ModBus & KBUS Courier 2
RS485 ModBus & IEC Courier 4
Panel PDIN rail D
Mounting:
Spare:
Language:
Design suffix:
Multilingual 0
For example, a Measurement Centre with display, and fully equipped with output relays, status inputs, 4 analogue outputs, a 4...20mA DC input, the RS485 set toMODBUS protocol and the RS232 set to Courier, with a 5A input and a 220V Auxilliary requirement would have the model number M301H5344P0000A
1234
Panel mounted energy meterSystem measurement centreSystem analysis and measurement centreDisturbance recorder
00 0 0 A
M301, M302System Analysis and Measurement Centre
Service Manual
Chapter 2Installation
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 2Contents
1. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS 11.1 Receipt of M300 11.2 Electrostatic discharge 1
2. HANDLING OF ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT 1
3. UNIT MOUNTING AND CONNECTION 2
4. UNPACKING 4
5. STORAGE 4
FIGURE 1 M301 CASE OUTLINE AND DIMENSIONS 2
FIGURE 2 M302 CASE OUTLINE AND DIMENSIONS 2
FIGURE 3 EXTERNAL WIRING DIAGRAM 3
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 2Page 1 of 4
Section 1. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS
1.1 Receipt of M300
The M300, although generally of robust construction, requires careful treatmentprior to installation on site. Upon receipt, units should be examined immediately toensure no damage has been sustained in transit. If damage has been sustainedduring transit a claim should be made to the transport contractor and ALSTOMT&D Protection & Control Ltd should be promptly notified.
Units that are supplied unmounted and not intended for immediate installationshould be returned to their protective polythene bags.
1.2 Electrostatic discharge (ESD)
M300 has components that are sensitive to electrostatic discharges but theelectronic circuits are well protected by the case.
There are no setting adjustments within the unit and the M300 is not designed tobe dismantled, considerable effort being required to do so.
Touching the printed circuit boards should be avoided, since complementary metaloxide semiconductors (CMOS) are used, which can be damaged by staticelectricity discharged from the body.
Section 2. HANDLING OF ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT
A person's normal movements can easily generate electrostatic potentials ofseveral thousand volts. Discharge of these voltages into semiconductor componentswhen handling electronic circuits can cause serious damage, which often may notbe immediately apparent but the reliability of the circuit will have been reduced.
The electronic circuits are completely safe from electrostatic discharge whenhoused in the case. Do not expose them to risk of damage by withdrawingmodules unnecessarily.
Each unit incorporates the highest practicable protection for its semiconductorcomponents. However, if it becomes necessary to dismantle a unit, the followingprecautions should be taken to preserve the high reliability and long life for whichthe unit has been designed and manufactured.
1. Before dismantling a unit, ensure that you are at the same electrostatic potentialas the unit by touching the unit case earth.
2. Handle printed circuit boards by their edges. Avoid touching the electroniccomponents, printed circuit track or connectors.
3. Do not pass the printed circuit boards to another person without first ensuringyou are both at the same electrostatic potential. Shaking hands achievesequipotential.
4. Place the printed circuit boards on an antistatic surface, or on a conductingsurface which is at the same potential as yourself.
5. Store or transport the printed circuit boards in a conductive bag.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 2Page 2 of 4
If you are making measurements on the internal electronic circuitry of a unit inservice, it is preferable that you are earthed to the unit's case earth with aconductive wrist strap. Wrist straps should have a resistance to ground between500kΩ - 10MΩ. If a wrist strap is not available you should maintain regularcontact with the case earth to prevent a build-up of static. Instrumentation whichmay be used for making measurements should be earthed to the case earthwhenever possible.
More information on safe working procedures for all electronic equipment can befound in BS5783 and IEC 147-OF. It is strongly recommended that detailedinvestigations on electronic circuitry or modification work should be carried out ina special handling area such as described in the above-mentioned BS and IECdocuments.
Section 3. UNIT MOUNTING AND CONNECTION
Units are dispatched individually for panel (M301) or DIN rail (M302) mounting.
Mounting details are shown in Figures 1 and 2.
Figure 1 M301 case outline and dimensions
239.5
COM1 COM2MiCOM M300
145.0
B A SCN
RESET
CURRENT
MA LA MB LB MC LC
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
142.5
Figure 2 M302 case outline and dimensions
OUT OF SERVICE
SETPOINT
TRIP
ALARM
CLEAR
MiCOM M300
READ
ENTER
142.5
119.5136.4
186 + 1.1
138 + 1.0
193.5
Panel cut-out details
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 2Page 3 of 4
The electrical connections should be made in accordance with the externalconnection diagram shown in Figure 3.
Figu
re 3
Exte
rnal
wiri
ng d
iagr
am
22 23 24 21 M La M Lb M
P1 P2
Load
S2S1
S1
S1
S2
S2
LcCO
M1
COM
2
SCNA1716
A01RL
1
RL2
RL3
RL4
A02
A03
A04
1514
5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 B
Case
ear
thco
nnec
tion
Analo
gue
outp
uts
Opt
ions
0 1 2 3
No
relay
outp
uts, n
o an
alogu
e ch
arge
outp
uts,
no D
C an
alogu
e inp
uts a
nd u
pto
inputs
Relay
outp
uts a
nd o
pto
unpu
tsAn
alogu
e ou
tputs
and
DC
analo
gue
inputs
Relay
outp
uts, o
pto
inputs
, ana
logue
outp
utsan
d DC
ana
logue
inpu
ts
Relay
outp
uts
Auxil
iary
supp
ly Vx DCan
alogu
einp
ut
Opt
oinp
uts
1820193412
S1 S2
AB
CN
+ +– –
8 C
TS
7 R
TS
6 D
SR
5 S
igna
l Gro
und
4 D
TR
3 Tx
2 R
x
1 D
CD
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 2Page 4 of 4
Section 4. UNPACKING
Care must be taken when unpacking and installing the units so that none of theparts is damaged. Units must only be handled by skilled persons. The installationshould be clean, dry and reasonably free from dust and excessive vibration.The site should be well lit to facilitate inspection. Prior to installation, units shouldnot be left in situations where they are exposed to dust or damp. This particularlyapplies to instalations which are being carried out at the same time as constructionwork.
Section 5. STORAGE
If units are not to be installed immediately upon receipt they should be stored in aplace free from dust and moisture in their original cartons. Where de-humidifierbags have been included in the packing they should be retained. The action of thede-humidifier crystals will be impaired if the bag has been exposed to ambientconditions and may be restored by gently heating the bag for about an hour, priorto replacing it in the carton.
Dust which collects on a carton may, on subsequent unpacking, find its way intothe unit; in damp conditions the carton and packing may become impregnatedwith moisture and the de-humidifier will lose its efficiency.
Storage temperature –25ºC to +70ºC.
M301, M302System Analysis and Measurement Centre
Service Manual
Chapter 3Commissioning
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Contents
1. INTRODUCTION 1
2. PRODUCT MENU FAMILIARISATION 2
3. EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR TESTING 33.1 Minimum equipment required 33.2 Additional equipment 3
4. PRODUCT VERIFICATION TESTS 34.1 With the unit de-energised 34.1.1 PVI: Visual inspection 34.1.2 PVS: Insulation 44.1.3 PV3: External wiring 44.2 With the unit energised 44.2.1 PV4: Light emitting diodes (M301 only) 54.2.2 PV4: Set the real-time clock 54.2.3 PV4: Reset alarms 54.2.4 PV4: Test the "Set point" and "Trip" LEDs (M301 only) 54.2.5 PV5: Liquid crystal display (M301 only) 54.2.6 PV6: Establish local communications 64.2.7 PV7: Set the real-time clock (M302 only) 64.2.8 PV8: Relay outputs (when fitted) 64.2.9 PV8: Testing alarm outputs 74.2.10 PV9: Opto inputs (when fitted) 74.2.11 PV10: Settings 84.2.12 PV10: Apply settings 84.2.13 PV10: Verify settings 84.2.14 PV11: Voltage and current inputs 84.2.15 PV11: Voltage inputs 94.2.16 PV11: Current inputs 94.2.17 PV12: Analogue outputs (when fitted) 104.2.18 PV13: Communication ports for remote communications 104.2.19 PV14: DC input (when fitted) 11
5. WIRING VERIFICATION TEST 115.1 Voltage connections 115.2 Current connections 12
6. FINAL CHECKS 12
7 MAINTENANCE 127.1 Remote testing 127.1.1 Alarms 137.1.2 Measurement accuracy 137.2 Local testing 137.2.1 Alarms 137.2.2 Measurement accuracy 137.2.3 Check output contacts 137.2.4 Analogue outputs 137.2.5 Additional tests 13
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Contents
8. COMMISSIONING TEST RECORD 15
9. SETTING RECORD 19
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 1 of 38
Section 1. INTRODUCTION
The M300 products are fully numerical in their design, implementing all functionsin software. They employ a high degree of self checking so that, for the majority offailures that could occur within the product, all functions will cease to operate andan error will be flagged. As a result of this, the commissioning tests do not need tobe as thorough as with products using electromechanical and discrete electroniccomponents. To commission the M300, it is only necessary to verify that thehardware is functioning correctly and the application-specific software settingshave been applied to the unit.
It is also considered unnecessary to test every function of the unit if the settingshave been verified by one of the following methods:
• Extracting the settings applied to the M300 unit using appropriate settingsoftware (preferred method)
• Via the operator interface (M301 Measurement Centre only).
The number of tests to be performed will depend on the hardware option that hasbeen installed in the unit. The hardware option installed can be found from the“Fitted Hardware” window under the “SYSTEM CONFIGURATION” heading ordirectly from the seventh character in the unit’s model number. Table 1 details thetests that need to be performed for each hardware option.
Unless previously agreed to the contrary, the customer will be responsible for thecorrect selection of settings and any interwiring between units.
Blank commissioning test and setting records are provided at the end of thischapter for completion as required.
BEFORE COMMISSIONING THE M300, REFER TO THE SAFETY ANDINSTALLATION SECTIONS OF THE MANUAL.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 2 of 38
Test Hardware option (seventh character of model number)
0 1 2 3
No options Relay outputs Analogue Relay outputsOutputs
Status inputs DC input Status inputs
AnalogueOutputs
DC input
PV1 • • • •
PV2 • • • •
PV3 • • • •
PV4 • • • •
PV5 • • • •
PV6 • • • •
PV7 • • • •
PV8 • •
PV9 • •
PV10 • • • •
PV11 • • • •
PV12 • •
PV13 • • • •
PV14 • •
Table 1 Tests to be performed
Section 2. PRODUCT MENU FAMILIARISATION
When commissioning an M301 for the first time, an hour should be allowed tobecome familiar with the menu. Chapter 1 contains a description of the menustructure.
Similarly, if a portable PC with appropriate software is being used to set the unit,time should be allowed to become familiar with the associated setting software.This software is essential for setting the M302 because it does not have an integraluser interface. For details of the operation of this software, please refer to theassociated software user manual.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 3 of 38
Section 3. EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR TESTING
3.1 Minimum equipment required
Overcurrent test set.
AC voltage source (if not included in the overcurrent test set)
True rms measuring multimeter of known calibration accuracy with suitable ac anddc voltage and current ranges
Audible continuity tester (if not included in multimeter)
Electronic timer (if not included in the overcurrent test set)
Phase angle meter
Phase rotation meter
A portable PC, with appropriate software (Essential for the M302 and testing thecommunications port on M301. Also recommended for setting M301.)
Suitable DC source dependent on DC analogue input options.
3.2 Additional equipment
A printer (for printing a setting record from the portable PC).
Section 4. PRODUCT VERIFICATION TESTS
WARNING: BEFORE COMMISSIONING THE M300, THE SAFETY ANDINSTALLATION SECTIONS OF THE MANUAL SHOULD BE REFERRED TO.
The product verification tests cover all aspects of the product that need to bechecked to ensure that the unit has not been damaged prior to commissioning, isfunctioning correctly and all measurements are within the stated tolerances.
The voltage transformer supply to the unit should be isolated by means of the panellinks or connecting blocks and the line current transformers should be short-circuited and disconnected from the unit terminals .
DANGER: NEVER OPEN CIRCUIT THE SECONDARY CIRCUIT OF ACURRENT TRANSFORMER SINCE THE HIGH VOLTAGE PRODUCED MAYBE LETHAL AND COULD DAMAGE INSULATION.
4.1 With the unit de-energised
The following group of tests should be carried out without the auxiliary supply ormeasured voltages or currents being applied to the unit.
4.1.1 PVI: Visual inspection
Carefully examine the unit to see that no damage has occurred prior tocommissioning.
Check the rating information on the rating label of the unit to ensure it is correct forthe particular installation. Regardless of whether a M301 or M302 is beingcommissioned, this label is located in the centre of the unit between the terminals.
Ensure that the case earthing connection, located in the bottom corner near theright-hand terminal block, is used to connect the unit to a local earth bar.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 4 of 38
4.1.2 PV2: Insulation
Insulation testing is not essential but may be required by the customer.
If insulation tests are required, isolate all wiring from the earth and test theinsulation with an electronic or brushless insulation tester at a dc voltage notexceeding 1000V. Terminals of M300 circuits of the same type should betemporarily wired together.
The main groups of terminals on the unit are:
a) Voltage transformer circuits
b) Current transformer circuits
c) Auxiliary voltage supply
d) Status inputs
e) DC Opto-isolated inputs
f) Relay outputs
g) RS232 Communication port (COM1)
h) RS485 Communication port (COM2)
i) Analogue outputs
j) Earth tab
On completion of the insulation tests, ensure all external wiring is correctlyreconnected to the unit.
4.1.3 PV3: External wiring
Check that the external wiring is correct to the relevant connection or schemediagram. The connection diagram for the M300 can be found in Volume 2,Chapter 2 of this manual.
4.2 With the unit energised
The following group of tests verify that the unit’s hardware and software areapplied and functioning correctly. They should be carried out with the auxiliarysupply applied to the unit but not the measured voltages or currents.
There are two auxiliary voltage ranges available for the M300. The operatingranges are specified in Table 2. Without energising the unit, measure the auxiliarysupply to ensure it is within the operating range.
Auxiliary rating Operating range
24/70V 19 to 84V dc only
70/250V 56 to 275V dc or ac
Table 2 Operational range of auxiliary supply
It should be noted that the unit can withstand ac ripple of up to 12% of ratedvoltage on the dc auxiliary supply.
The M300 units are protected against overloads created when batteries areremoved and the charger is left in place. However, this mode of operation is notrecommended as other units, such as protective relays, powered from the samesupply may not have this overload protection.
Energise the unit if the auxiliary supply is within the operating range.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 5 of 38
4.2.1 PV4: Light emitting diodes (M301 only)
On power up, the top and bottom light emitting diodes (LEDs), “Out of Service”and “Alarm” respectively, should have illuminated and stayed on. The “Out ofService” LED is illuminated because the frequency tracking signal is not presentand the “Alarm” LED because the real time clock needs to be set. The “Out ofService” LED will extinguish when rated AC quantities are applied to the voltageand current inputs. The “Alarm” LED will extinguish when the real time clock is set.
The status of the other (“Set Point” and “Trip”) LEDs is stored in non-volatile memorywhich remembers whether they were on or off when the auxiliary supply was lastremoved from the unit. Therefore these indicators may also illuminate when the unitis powered up. Operator intervention is required to extinguish these LEDs.
4.2.2 PV4: Set the real-time clock
The real-time clock cell is located in the SYSTEM CONFIGURATION menu.
When the real time clock is displayed, the time and date are set by pressing the'Enter' key to enter the setting mode. The up and down arrow keys can then beused to change the values, the left and right arrow keys allow changes to be madeto the other values of the real time clock. Once the desired values are insertedpress the Enter key to confirm settings.
4.2.3 PV4: Reset alarms
All LEDs that are illuminated should be reset before proceeding with further testing.
The “Alarm” LED should have reset when the real time clock was set.
If the “Set Point” and “Trip” LEDs are illuminated and then successfully reset (theLED’s will extinguish), there is no testing required because the LEDs are known tobe operational.
4.2.4 PV4: Test the “Set Point” and “Trip” LEDs (M301 only)
If operation has not already been established, the “Set Point” and “Trip” LEDs canbe tested by exceeding the threshold of a set point as in the following:
Set one setpoint in a set point group to be Ιa, set the set point time delay to be 1second, set the high level to 50% and low level to 0%.
Apply rated voltage and current to bring the unit into service.
To test “Set Point” LED operation apply 50% of rated current to Ιa, then raise to alevel above 50%, which should illuminate the set point LED. (When the current isabove 50% the set point alarm cannot be reset nor the LED extinguished).Reduce Ιa to 40% of rated current, this will enable the set point alarm to be resetand the LED will extinguish.
To test the operation of the “Trip” LED carry out the above test with one of theoutput relays configured to the corresponding set point group. The “Trip” LEDshould illuminate and extinguish as for the “Set Point” LED detailed above.This test should be repeated for all output relays.
4.2.5 PV5: Liquid crystal display (M301 only)
There are no test routines for the liquid crystal display (LCD). The display itself canbe checked by moving around the unit’s menu looking for pixels (the dots on thedisplay used to form the text) that are obviously not working.
There is a backlight in the display that allows settings to be read in all conditionsof ambient lighting. It is switched on and off via the “LCD Backlight” setting under
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 6 of 38
the “SYSTEM CONFIGURATION” menu heading. Check that it works if notalready being used during testing.
4.2.6 PV6: Establish local communications
Using a PC running the appropriate software establish local communications withthe unit. To be able to establish communications with the unit it is necessary to setthe communications settings in the PC’s software to the unit’s factory-set defaultsettings, unless the customer has already changed them. If the latter is the casethen the customers settings should be entered into the software.
The default communication settings are:
Comms protocol: RS485 Modbus & IEC870 Courier
Modbus address: 247
Modbus baud rate: 9600
Modbus framing: 1 start bit, 8 data bits, 2 stop bits, no parity
Courier address: 255
IEC870 baud rate: 9600
IEC870 frame: FT1.2, 11 bits
First, establish communications between the software and the M301 or M302 unit.Should there be any problems in establishing communications with the M302 theRESET button can be pressed and the unit will return to the default communicationsettings. It is not essential to establish local communications with the M301because any settings can be made using the front panel and values read using theLCD display.
4.2.7 PV7: Set the real-time clock (M302 only)
If an M302 is being commissioned, the real-time clock will need to be set via thecommunications port before setting can proceed.
4.2.8 PV8: Relay outputs (when fitted)
The relay outputs can be used either as alarm outputs which can be reset after thealarm condition has gone or as pulsed outputs for external energy counterapplications (eg. kWh). The application to which each relay output has beenconfigured should be determined so that the appropriate test procedure can beadopted.
Table 3 gives the expected state for each relay output. The exception to this iswhen the relay outputs are configured as watchdog contacts, which have anormally closed configuration.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 7 of 38
Relay Terminals Contact ConfigurationOutput Normally Open Normally Closed
Alarm Alarm Alarm AlarmTrip Trip Trip Reset
1 5 and 6 Closed Open Open Closed
2 7 and 9
3 9 and 10
4 11 and 12
Table 3 Contact status
4.2.9 PV8: Testing alarm outputs
To test the relay outputs it is only necessary to test their operation rather than testeach individual function that they can be configured to perform.
Any relay outputs that have been set as an alarm contact can be tested using acontinuity tester.
All four relay outputs can be tested at once by configuring the same setpoint to acton all four relays then follow the procedure detailed in Section 4.2.4. The settingsdetailed in Section 4.2.4 will have to be applied to the M302 using thecommunications port and a PC running the appropriate software.
After the time delay of the set point group, all four relay outputs will change state.The test should be carried out with the relay outputs being configured as normallyopen and normally closed contacts.
The “Set Point” and “Trip” LED’s will also have illuminated to show that themeasured quantity has moved to the operate side of the setpoint and a relay outputhas operated respectively (M301 only).
4.2.10 PV9: Opto inputs (when fitted)
To test the status inputs set both the opto inputs to be configured as pulse countersin the OPTO INPUT menu.
Apply rated voltage and current to bring the unit into service.
Energise each status input from the dc auxiliary supply. The terminal connectionsare shown in Table 4.
Status input 1 (S1) 2 (S2)
Terminal 19 (+ve) 20 (+ve)18 (–ve) 18 (–ve)
Table 4 Status input connections
To check the operation of the status inputs when configured as pulsed inputcounters, the counts for each pulsed input can be viewed from the measurementdisplay for the M301 model, and using the communications and a PC running theappropriate software for the M302. Apply then remove the dc voltage to theinput, the pulse counter should increase by one.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 8 of 38
4.2.11 PV10: Settings
These tests ensure that all the predetermined settings for the particular installation(customer’s settings) have been correctly applied to the unit.
4.2.12 PV10: Apply settings
Due to the versatility of the M300, it is necessary to apply the application-specificsettings at an early stage of commissioning so as to avoid unnecessary tests andsetting changes.
There are two methods of applying the settings:
• Downloading them to the unit using a portable PC running the appropriatesoftware through a communications port. If a setting file has been created bythe customer and provided on a diskette, this will save time.
• Enter them manually via the unit’s operator interface (M301 only).
If the customer has changed the passwords to prevent unauthorised changes tosome settings, either the revised level 2 password should be provided or thecustomer should restore the original password prior to commencement of testing.
Note: In the event that the password has been lost, a recovery password can beobtained from ALSTOM by quoting the model and serial numbers of theparticular unit. The recovery password is unique to that M300 unit and willnot work on any other unit.
4.2.13 PV10: Verify settings
The settings applied should be carefully checked against the customer’s desiredsettings to ensure they have been entered correctly. However, this is notconsidered essential if a customer prepared setting file has been downloaded tothe unit using a portable PC running the appropriate software.
There are two methods of verifying the settings:
• Compare a printed copy of the settings from the unit with the customer’s originalsetting sheet.
• Step through the settings using the unit’s operator interface and compare themwith the customer’s setting sheet (M301 only).
4.2.14 PV11: Voltage and current inputs
These tests verify that the accuracy of current and voltage measurement is withinthe acceptable tolerances for the M300.
Before testing, the voltage and current connections to the unit should bedetermined for the particular application so that the measured quantities can beapplied to the correct inputs. This can be determined from the external wiring tothe unit or the “Connection Mode” setting under the “SYSTEM MODES” headingand reference to Table 5.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 9 of 38
Mode System Current Voltage
Ia Ib Ic Va Vb Vc Vab Vbc Vca
0 Single phase • •
1 3 phase, 4 wire balanced • •
2 3 phase, 3 wire balanced • • • •
3 3 phase, 3 wire unbalanced • • • • •
4 3 phase, 4 wire unbalanced • • • • •
5 3 phase, 4 wire unbalanced • • • • • •
6 2 phase, 3 wire • • • •
7 3 phase, 3 wire balanced • •
Terminals MA MB MC 22 23 24 22 23 24LA LB LC 21 21 21 23 24 22
Table 5 Used inputs for each connection mode
4.2.15 PV11: Voltage inputs
This test verifies the accuracy of voltage measurement is within the acceptabletolerances.
Apply rated voltage to all the voltage transformer inputs, checking the magnitudeof each input using a multimeter and record the corresponding reading under the“MEASUREMENT” column heading. During testing the A phase voltage mustalways be energised with rated voltage to bring the unit into service. The unit’sreading can either be in primary or secondary volts depending on the setting of“Display Mode” under the “SYSTEM CONFIGURATION” heading.
If the “Display Mode” setting is “Secondary”, the measured voltage values on theunit should equal the applied voltage.
Otherwise, if the “Display Mode” setting is “Primary”, the measured voltage valueson the unit should equal the applied voltage multiplied by the voltage transformerratio set using the “VT Primary” and “VT Secondary” settings under the“SYSTEM MODES” column heading.
The measured voltage can be read directly from the LCD display on the M301 andvia the communications interface and a PC running the appropriate software onthe M302.
The acceptable tolerance is ±0.2% ± digital multi-meter accuracy.
4.2.16 PV11: Current inputs
This test verifies the accuracy of current measurement is within the acceptabletolerances.
Apply rated current to each current transformer inputs, checking the magnitude ofeach input using a multimeter and record the corresponding reading under the“MEASUREMENT” column heading. During testing the A phase voltage mustalways be energised with rated voltage to bring the unit into service. The unit’sreading can either be in primary or secondary Amperes depending on the settingof “Display Mode” under the “SYSTEM CONFIGURATION” heading.
If the “Display Mode” setting is “Secondary”, the measured current values on theunit should equal the applied current.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 10 of 38
Otherwise, if the “Display Mode” setting is “Primary”, the measured current valueson the unit should equal the applied current multiplied by the current transformerratio set using the “CT Primary” and “CT Secondary” settings under the“SYSTEM MODES” column heading.
The current can be read directly from the LCD display on the M301 and via thecommunications interface and a PC running the appropriate software on theM302.
The acceptable tolerance is ±0.2% ± digital multi-meter accuracy.
4.2.17 PV12: Analogue outputs (when fitted)
This test checks the operation and accuracy of the analogue outputs.
The assignments of each of the four analogue outputs should have beendetermined by the customer and installed as part of the settings of the unit.The customer should also have calculations which give the expected values of eachanalogue output for a given input condition, these should be referred to whentesting the analogue outputs. (In the absence of this information the expectedvalues of the analogue outputs should be calculated for a definite value of appliedvoltage and current, given the settings applied to the unit).
Apply the definite voltage and current values as detailed in the calculations andcheck the dc output current for each assigned analogue output with a multimeter,the terminal allocations are given in Table 6. Check these values against theexpected values.
The acceptable tolerance is ±0.2% ± digital multi-meter accuracy.
Analogue output Reference Terminal
1 AO1 14
2 AO2 15
3 AO3 16
4 AO4 17
Common AOC 13
Table 6 Terminal allocations for analogue outputs
4.2.18 PV13: Communication ports for remote communications
This test should only be performed where the unit is to be accessed from a remotelocation. If the settings have been successfully downloaded to the unit using aportable PC running the appropriate software then it has already been proved thatlocal communications can be established.
It is not the intention of the test to verify the operation of the complete system fromthe unit to the remote location, just the unit’s communications port and, whereapplicable, the protocol converter.
Connect a portable PC running the appropriate software to the incoming (remote)side of the protocol converter and ensure that the communications settings inapplication software is set the same as those on the M300.
Check that communications can be established with the unit and check thatmeasurements can be read by the communications. Check that the value seen onthe display agrees with the value given by the communications (M301 only).
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 11 of 38
4.2.19 PV14: DC input (when fitted)
If the opto-isolated dc input is being used, the range setting should be checked toensure it is correct. This range is usually supplied factory-set to the customer’spreferred value and can be identified from the eighth character of the modelnumber and reference to Table 7. If necessary, the setting can be changed using ajumper link internal to the units. (If it is necessary to change the jumper link seekadvice from ALSTOM.)
8th Character DC Input Range
0 No dc input
1 0 to200mV
2 0 to 5V
3 0 to 250V
4 0 to 20mA
Table 7 DC input range setting
The dc input should be tested by applying a known dc voltage or current, asappropriate, and within the operational range selected, to the input terminals(terminal 4 to positive, 3 to negative).
The percentage of ‘full-scale deflection’ should read from the “dc input” windowunder the “MEASUREMENTS” heading for the M301 model, and using thecommunications and a PC running the appropriate software for the M302.
Check that the displayed value is within 0.5% of the expected value.
Section 5. WIRING VERIFICATION TEST
Remove all test leads, temporary shorting leads, etc. and replace any externalwiring that has been removed to allow testing.
If it has been necessary to disconnect any of the external wiring from the unit inorder to perform any of the above tests, it should be ensured that all connectionsare replaced in accordance with the relevant external connection or schemediagram.
The following on-load measuring test ensures that the external (customer) wiring tothe current and voltage inputs is correct but can only be carried out if there are norestrictions preventing the energisation of the plant being monitored.
Note: The following tests alone are not conclusive that the phase connections tothe unit are correct. A phase angle measurement is required for conclusivetesting.
5.1 Voltage connections
Measure the voltage transformer secondary voltages to ensure they are correctlyrated and, if possible, check that the system phase rotation is correct using aphase rotation meter.
Compare the values of the secondary phase voltages with the unit’s measuredvalues, which can be found under the “MEASUREMENT” column heading.The unit’s reading can either be in primary or secondary volts depending on thesetting of “Display Mode” under the “SYSTEM CONFIGURATION” heading.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 12 of 38
If the “Display Mode” setting is “Secondary”, the measured voltage values on theunit should equal the applied voltage.
Otherwise, if the “Display Mode” setting is “Primary”, the measured voltage valueson the unit should equal the applied voltage multiplied by the voltage transformerratio set using the “VT Primary” and “VT Secondary” settings under the “SYSTEMMODES” column heading.
The acceptable tolerance is ±0.2%, ± digital multi-meter accuracy.
5.2 Current connections
Measure the current transformer secondary values and check that their polaritiesare correct by measuring the phase angle between the current and voltage.
If the unit is connected to a balanced system, ensure the current flowing in theneutral circuit of the current transformers is negligible.
Compare the values of the secondary phase currents with the unit’s measuredvalues, which can be found under the “MEASUREMENT” column heading.The unit’s reading can either be in primary or secondary amperes depending onthe setting of “Display Mode” under the “SYSTEM CONFIGURATION” heading.
If the “Display Mode” setting is “Secondary”, the measured current values on theunit should equal the applied current.
Otherwise, if the “Display Mode” setting is “Primary”, the measured current valueson the unit should equal the applied current multiplied by the current transformerratio set using the “CT Primary” and “CT Secondary” settings under the “SYSTEMMODES” column heading.
The acceptable tolerance is ±0.2%, ± digital multi-meter accuracy.
Section 6. FINAL CHECKS
The tests are now complete.
Ensure that all alarms and LEDs, as appropriate, have been reset before leavingthe unit.
If it is not necessary for the backlight to be left on, switching it off will marginallyreduce the burden on the auxiliary supply (M301 only).
Section 7. MAINTENANCE
The M300 units are fully numerical in their design, implementing all functions insoftware. They employ a high degree of self-checking so that, for the majority offailures that can occur within the unit, all functions will cease to operate and anerror will be flagged. Depending on the failure and the hardware options fitted tothe unit, the error will be seen as an alarm that can be accessed over thecommunication channel or by the operation of a watchdog contact.
7.1 Remote testing
The M300 units are self-supervising and so require negligible maintenance.Most problems will result in an alarm so that remedial action can be taken.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 13 of 38
However, some periodic tests could be done to ensure that the unit is functioningcorrectly. If the M300 can be communicated with from a remote point, via itscommunication port, then some testing can be carried out without actually visitingsite.
7.1.1 Alarms
The alarm status should first be checked to identify if any alarm conditions exist.The alarm records can then be read to identify the nature of any alarm that mayexist.
7.1.2 Measurement accuracy
The values measured by the unit can be compared with known system values tocheck that they are in the approximate range that is expected. If they are, then theanalogue/digital conversion and calculations are being performed correctly.
7.2 Local testing
When testing locally, similar tests to those for remote testing may be carried out tocheck for correct functioning of the unit.
7.2.1 Alarms
The alarm status LED should first be checked to identify if any alarm conditionsexist. The alarm records can then be read to identify the nature of any alarm thatmay exist.
7.2.2 Measurement accuracy
The values measured by the unit can be checked against known values injectedinto the unit via its terminal block. Suitable test methods will be found in Section 8of this chapter which deals with commissioning. These tests will prove thecalibration accuracy is being maintained.
7.2.3 Check output contacts
Check that the output contacts are giving the correct output state.
7.2.4 Analogue outputs
Check that each analogue output is giving out the expected value using amultimeter.
7.2.5 Additional tests
Additional tests can be selected from the Commissioning Instructions as required.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 14 of 38
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 15 of 38
Section 8. COMMISSIONING TEST RECORD
Date
Station Circuit
System Frequency
Rating label information
System Analysis and Measurement Centre M30_
Model number
Serial number
Rated current ΙnRated voltage Vn
Auxiliary voltage Vx
*Delete as appropriate
Product verification tests
With the device de-energised
PV1 Visual inspection
Is the device damaged? Yes/No*
Rating information correct? Yes/No*
Case earth installed? Yes/No*
PV2 Insulation tested? Yes/No/NA*
PV3 External wiring checked againstdiagram? Yes/No/NA*
With the Device Energised
Auxiliary voltage to device V ac/dc*
Polarity checked ? Yes/No/NA*
PV4 Light Emitting Diodes (M301 only) Fitted/Not fitted*
Real-time clock set via user interface? Yes/No/NA*
“Out of Service” LED working? Yes/No*
“Alarm” LED working? Yes/No*
“Set Point” LED working? Yes/No*
“Trip” LED working? Yes/No*
PV5 Liquid Crystal Display (M301 only) Fitted/Not fitted*
All pixels working? Yes/No*
Backlight switches on and off? Yes/No*
PV6 Communications Ports Used/Not used*
Port Tested RS232/RS485
Communications working? Yes/No*
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 16 of 38
PV7 Real time clock set? (M302 only) Yes /No*
PV8 Relay outputs (Hardware options 1 & 3) Fitted/Not fitted*
PV8 Relay output 1 working? Yes/No*
Relay output 2 working? Yes/No*
Relay output 3 working? Yes/No*
Relay output 4 working? Yes/No*
PV9 Status Inputs (Hardware options 1 & 3) Fitted/Not fitted*
Input S1 working? Yes/No*
Input S2 working? Yes/No*
PV10 Settings
PV10 Customer’s settings applied? Yes/No*
If settings applied using a portablecomputer and software, which softwareand version was used?
PV10 Settings on device verified? Yes/No*
PV11 Voltage and current inputs
Connection mode
PV11 Voltage inputs
VT Primary
VT Secondary
Applied value Displayed value
Va Used/Not used* V V
Vb Used/Not used* V V
Vc Used/Not used* V V
PV11 Current inputs
CT Primary
CT Secondary
Applied value Displayed value
Ιa Used/Not used* A A
Ιb Used/Not used* A A
Ιc Used/Not used* A A
PV12 Analogue Outputs(Hardware options 2 & 3) Fitted/Not fitted*
Analogue Output 1 (AO1)
AO1 parameter F/Pt/Qt/St/PF/Ιa/Ιb/Ιc/Van/Vbn/Vcn/Vab/Vbc/Vcn*
Voltage applied V/na*
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 17 of 38
Current applied A/na*
Output from AO1 mA*
Expected output from AO1 mA*
Analogue output 2 (AO2)
AO2 parameter F/Pt/Qt/St/PF/Ιa/Ιb/Ιc/Van/Vbn/Vcn/Vab/Vbc/Vcn*
Voltage applied V/na*
Current applied A/na*
Output from AO2 mA*
Expected output from AO2 mA*
Analogue Output 3 (AO3)
AO3 parameter F/Pt/Qt/St/PF/Ιa/Ιb/Ιc/Van/Vbn/Vcn/Vab/Vbc/Vcn*
Voltage applied V/na*
Current applied A/na*
Output from AO3 mA*
Expected output from AO3 mA*
Analogue Output 4 (AO4)
AO4 parameter F/Pt/Qt/St/PF/Ιa/Ιb/Ιc/Van/Vbn/Vcn/Vab/Vbc/Vcn*
Voltage applied V/na*
Current applied A/na*
Output from AO4 mA*
Expected output from AO4 mA*
PV13 Remote Communications Ports Used/Not used
Port tested? RS232/RS485*
Communications working? Yes/No
PV14 DC Input (Hardware options (2&3) Fitted/Not fitted*
Range setting to mV/V/mA*
Value applied to terminals mV/V/mA*
Displayed value %
Wiring verification test
Disturbed wiring re-checked? Yes/No/na*
On load tests
On-load test performed? Yes/No*
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 18 of 38
Phase rotation correct? Yes/No*
Voltage Connections
VT Primary (same as for Section 4.2.15)
VT Secondary (same as for Section 4.2.15)
Applied Value Displayed Value
Va Used/Not used* V V
Vb Used/Not used* V V
Vc Used/Not used* V V
Current Connections
CT Primary (same as for 4.2.16)
CT Secondary (same as for 4.2.16)
Ιa Used/Not used* V V
Ιb Used/Not used* V V
Ιc Used/Not used* V V
Commissioning Engineer Customer Witness
Date Date
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 19 of 38
Section 9. SETTING RECORD
Date Engineer
Station Date
Circuit System Frequency
Rating label information
The following information should be recorded from the rating label of the device.
System Analysis and Measurement Centre M30_
Model number
Serial number
Rated current ΙnRated voltage Vn
Auxiliary Voltage Vx
Software installed
The software issues or references used in the device should be recorded in thefollowing table, these references are contained within the SYSTEM DATA menu.
Software Ref 1
Software Ref 2
Settings
The following sections list the settings that can be applied to the device in therelevant menus, these should be recorded where applicable.
Each section and sub section refers to a specific menu heading and sub menuheading where applicable.
System data
Language
Password
Description
Plant Reference
Frequency
Password Control
Level 1 Password
Level 2 Password
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 20 of 38
System configuration
Comms Protocol
Display Mode
LCD Backlight
Real Time Clock
Clock Synch
Max Clock Synch Interval
System Modes
Connection Mode
Power Flow Mode
CT Primary
CT Secondary
VT Primary
VT Secondary
System Commands
“ENTER” to Capture A ph Fast Wform Data
“ENTER” to Capture B ph Fast Wform Data
“ENTER” to Capture C ph Fast Wform Data
Disturbance Recorder
Samples per cycle
Record Config
Post Trigger Cycle
Setpoint Triggers
Opto Input Triggers
Communications Settings
Modem Control Lines
Modbus Address
Modbus Baud Rate
Modbus Framing
Courier Address
IEC870 Baud Rate
IEC870 Framing
Demand Calculation
Function
Demand Period
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 21 of 38
Analogue outputs
These settings only apply to devices with hardware options 2 & 3 installed.
ANALOGUE OUTPUT 1
Analogue Output 1 Parameter
Analogue Output 1 Full Scale
Analogue Output 1 Slope
Analogue Output 1 X-Breakpoint 1
Analogue Output 1 Y-Breakpoint 1
Analogue Output 1 Span
ANALOGUE OUTPUT 2
Analogue Output 2 Parameter
Analogue Output 2 Full Scale
Analogue Output 2 Slope
Analogue Output 2 X-Breakpoint 1
Analogue Output 2 Y-Breakpoint 1
Analogue Output 2 Span
ANALOGUE OUTPUT 3
Analogue Output 3 Parameter
Analogue Output 3 Full Scale
Analogue Output 3 Slope
Analogue Output 3 X-Breakpoint 1
Analogue Output 3 Y-Breakpoint 1
Analogue Output 3 Span
ANALOGUE OUTPUT 4
Analogue Output 4 Parameter
Analogue Output 4 Full Scale
Analogue Output 4 Slope
Analogue Output 4 X-Breakpoint 1
Analogue Output 4 Y-Breakpoint 1
Analogue Output 4 Span
Note1 Setting is only applicable when dual slope is selected.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 22 of 38
Relay outputs
These settings only apply to devices with hardware options 1 & 3 installed.
RELAY OUTPUT 1
Relay 1 Assignment
Relay 1 Label 1
Relay 1 Contacts 1
Import/Export kWh Full Scale 2
Import/Export kWh Pulse Rate 2
Import/Export kWh Pulse Duration 2
Import/export kVArh Full Scale 3
Import/export kVArh Pulse Rate 3
Import/export kVArh Pulse Duration 3
RELAY OUTPUT 2
Relay 2 Assignment
Relay 2 Label 1
Relay 2 Contacts 1
Import/Export kWh Full Scale 2
Import/Export kWh Pulse Rate 2
Import/Export kWh Pulse Duration 2
Import/export kVArh Full Scale 3
Import/export kVArh Pulse Rate 3
Import/export kVArh Pulse Duration 3
RELAY OUTPUT 3
Relay 3 Assignment
Relay 3 Label 1
Relay 3 Contacts 1
Import/Export kWh Full Scale 2
Import/Export kWh Pulse Rate 2
Import/Export kWh Pulse Duration 2
Import/export kvarh Full Scale 3
Import/export kvarh Pulse Rate 3
Import/export kvarh Pulse Duration 3
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 23 of 38
RELAY OUTPUT 4
Relay 4 Assignment
Relay 4 Label 1
Relay 4 Contacts 1
Import/Export kWh Full Scale 2
Import/Export kWh Pulse Rate 2
Import/Export kWh Pulse Duration 2
Import/export kVArh Full Scale 3
Import/export kVArh Pulse Rate 3
Import/export kVArh Pulse Duration 3
Notes1 Setting is only applicable when relay assignment is set to Setpoint Group.2 Setting is only applicable when relay assignment is set to Pulsed Import
kWh or Pulsed Export kWh.3 Setting is only applicable when relay assignment is set to Pulsed import
kVArh or Pulsed export kvarh.
Opto inputs
These settings only apply to devices with hardware options 1 & 3 installed.
OPTO INPUT 1
Opto Input 1 Assignment
Opto Input 1 Label 1
OPTO INPUT 2
Opto Input 2 Assignment
Opto Input 2 Label 1
Notes1 Setting is only applicable when opto inputs are configured as Pulse
Counters.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 24 of 38
Setpoint Group 1
Setpoint Group 1 Delay
Setpoint G1,E1 (Assignment)
Setpoint G1,E1 High Level
Setpoint G1,E1 Low Level
Setpoint G1,E2 (Assignment)
Setpoint G1,E2 High Level
Setpoint G1,E2 Low Level
Setpoint G1,E3 (Assignment)
Setpoint G1,E3 High Level
Setpoint G1,E3 Low Level
Setpoint G1,E4 (Assignment)
Setpoint G1,E4 High Level
Setpoint G1,E4 Low Level
Setpoint G1,E5 (Assignment)
Setpoint G1,E5 High Level
Setpoint G1,E5 Low Level
Setpoint G1,E6 (Assignment)
Setpoint G1,E6 High Level
Setpoint G1,E6 Low Level
Setpoint G1,E7 (Assignment)
Setpoint G1,E7 High Level
Setpoint G1,E7 Low Level
Setpoint G1,E8 (Assignment)
Setpoint G1,E8 High Level
Setpoint G1,E8 Low Level
Setpoint Group 2
Setpoint Group 2 Delay
Setpoint G2,E1 (Assignment)
Setpoint G2,E1 High Level
Setpoint G2,E1 Low Level
Setpoint G2,E2 (Assignment)
Setpoint G2,E2 High Level
Setpoint G2,E2 Low Level
Setpoint G2,E3 (Assignment)
Setpoint G2,E3 High Level
Setpoint G2,E3 Low Level
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 25 of 38
Setpoint G2,E4 (Assignment)
Setpoint G2,E4 High Level
Setpoint G2,E4 Low Level
Setpoint G2,E5 (Assignment)
Setpoint G2,E5 High Level
Setpoint G2,E5 Low Level
Setpoint G2,E6 (Assignment)
Setpoint G2,E6 High Level
Setpoint G2,E6 Low Level
Setpoint G2,E7 (Assignment)
Setpoint G2,E7 High Level
Setpoint G2,E7 Low Level
Setpoint G2,E8 (Assignment)
Setpoint G2,E8 High Level
Setpoint G2,E8 Low Level
Setpoint Group 3
Setpoint Group 3 Delay
Setpoint G3,E1 (Assignment)
Setpoint G3,E2 High Level
Setpoint G3,E3 Low Level
Setpoint G3,E1 (Assignment)
Setpoint G3,E2 High Level
Setpoint G3,E2 Low Level
Setpoint G3,E3 (Assignment)
Setpoint G3,E3 High Level
Setpoint G3,E3 Low Level
Setpoint G3,E4 (Assignment)
Setpoint G3,E4 High Level
Setpoint G3,E4 Low Level
Setpoint G3,E5 (Assignment)
Setpoint G3,E5 High Level
Setpoint G3,E5 Low Level
Setpoint G3,E6 (Assignment)
Setpoint G3,E6 High Level
Setpoint G3,E6 Low Level
Setpoint G3,E7 (Assignment)
Setpoint G3,E7 High Level
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 26 of 38
Setpoint G3,E7 Low Level
Setpoint G3,E8 (Assignment)
Setpoint G3,E8 High Level
Setpoint G3,E8 Low Level
Setpoint Group 4
Setpoint Group 4 Delay
Setpoint G4,E1 (Assignment)
Setpoint G4,E1 High Level
Setpoint G4,E1 Low Level
Setpoint G4,E2 (Assignment)
Setpoint G4,E2 High Level
Setpoint G4,E2 Low Level
Setpoint G4,E3 (Assignment)
Setpoint G4,E3 High Level
Setpoint G4,E3 Low Level
Setpoint G4,E4 (Assignment)
Setpoint G4,E4 High Level
Setpoint G4,E4 Low Level
Setpoint G4,E5 (Assignment)
Setpoint G4,E5 High Level
Setpoint G4,E5 Low Level
Setpoint G4,E6 (Assignment)
Setpoint G4,E6 High Level
Setpoint G4,E6 Low Level
Setpoint G4,E7 (Assignment)
Setpoint G4,E7 High Level
Setpoint G4,E7 Low Level
Setpoint G4,E8 (Assignment)
Setpoint G4,E8 High Level
Setpoint G4,E8 Low Level
Tariff Settings
The following sections detail the menus and tabulate the settings within each menu.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 27 of 38
Rate Switching Events 1-12
Event 1 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 2 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 3 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 4 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 5 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 6 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 7 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 28 of 38
Event 8 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 9 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 10 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 11 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 12 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 29 of 38
Rate Switching Events 13-24
Event 13 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 14 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 15 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 16 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 17 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 18 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 19 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 30 of 38
Event 20 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 21 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 22 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 23 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 24 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 31 of 38
Rate Switching Events 25-36
Event 25 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 26 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 27 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 28 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 29 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 30 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 31 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 32 of 38
Event 32 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 33 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 34 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 35 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 36 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 33 of 38
Rate Switching Events 37-48
Event 37 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 38 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 39 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 40 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 41 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 42 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 43 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 34 of 38
Event 44 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 45 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 46 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 47 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
Event 48 Activation Day
Activation Hour
Activation Minute
Active Rates Reg 1 Reg 2 Reg 3 Reg 4Reg 5 Reg 6 Reg 7 Reg 8
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 35 of 38
Season Switching Events
Event 1 Month
Day of Month
New Season
Event 2 Month
Day of Month
New Season
Event 3 Month
Day of Month
New Season
Event 4 Month
Day of Month
New Season
Event 5 Month
Day of Month
New Season
Event 6 Month
Day of Month
New Season
Event 7 Month
Day of Month
New Season
Event 8 Month
Day of Month
New Season
Event 9 Month
Day of Month
New Season
Event 10 Month
Day of Month
New Season
Event 11 Month
Day of Month
New Season
Event 12 Month
Day of Month
New Season
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 36 of 38
Switching Events in Season
Season 1
Season 2
Season 3
Season 4
Season 5
Season 6
Season 7
Season 8
Season 9
Season 10
Season 11
Season 12
Fixed Day Exclusions
EXCLUSION 1 Week
Day
Season To Use
Day to Use
EXCLUSION 2 Week
Day
Season To Use
Day to Use
EXCLUSION 3 Week
Day
Season To Use
Day to Use
EXCLUSION 4 Week
Day
Season To Use
Day to Use
EXCLUSION 5 Week
Day
Season To Use
Day to Use
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 37 of 38
EXCLUSION 6 Week
Day
Season To Use
Day to Use
EXCLUSION 7 Week
Day
Season To Use
Day to Use
EXCLUSION 8 Week
Day
Season To Use
Day to Use
Fixed Date Exclusions
EXCLUSION 1 Month
Day Of Month
Season To Use
Day to Use
EXCLUSION 2 Month
Day Of Month
Season To Use
Day to Use
EXCLUSION 3 Month
Day Of Month
Season To Use
Day to Use
EXCLUSION 4 Month
Day Of Month
Season To Use
Day to Use
EXCLUSION 5 Month
Day Of Month
Season To Use
Day to Use
EXCLUSION 6 Month
Day Of Month
Season To Use
Day to Use
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 3Page 38 of 38
EXCLUSION 7 Month
Day Of Month
Season To Use
Day to Use
EXCLUSION 8 Month
Day Of Month
Season To Use
Day to Use
Rate Register Data Source
Rate Register 1
Rate Register 2
Rate Register 3
Rate Register 4
Rate Register 5
Rate Register 6
Rate Register 7
Rate Register 8
M301, M302System Analysis and Measurement Centre
Service Manual
Chapter 4Problem Analysis
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 4Contents
1. GENERAL FAULT FINDING 11.1 Auxiliary power 11.2 System measurand inputs 11.3 Communications 11.4 Analogue outputs (when fitted) 11.5 Output relays 21.6 Opto inputs 21.7 DC input 21.8 Password lost or not accepted 21.9 Sub assembly fault finding 21.10 Recommended spares 2
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 4Page 1 of 2
Section 1. GENERAL FAULT FINDING
1.1 Auxiliary power
The unit needs to have an adequate voltage applied to the auxiliary supplyterminals to operate. Check the rating label for the auxiliary supply voltage range(this can be one of two ranges 24 to 70V dc only or 70 to 230V dc or ac volts) forthe unit. Using an appropriate voltmeter measure the voltage applied to the unitand check that it is within the specified range.
1.2 System measurand inputs
The unit is synchronised to the voltage present on the A phase by a phase lockedloop circuit. Should this voltage not be present then the unit will be placed out ofservice and the “out of service” LED will be lit on the M301.
Using an appropriate voltmeter, measure the voltage present at the voltage inputterminals and check it is within the range specified for normal operation of the unit.
Using a phase rotation indicator check that the voltages have been applied to theunit in the correct phase sequence.
Taking great care that the current transformer secondary is shorted, insert anappropriately rated ammeter into the current input circuits. After removing the shortcircuit, check that the current flowing into the unit is within the specified range.The same degree of care should be exercised when the ammeter is removed -ensure the secondary of the current transformer is shorted whilst the ammeter isremoved.
If the measurements made are all within the normal operating values of the unitand the measured power does not correspond with the values measured then thepolarity of the current transformers may be reversed. Carefully check the wiring ofthe transformers to the unit. It would be helpful to short each of the currenttransformer inputs in turn and note the resulting real power measurement beforecontacting the factory or local representative for advice.
1.3 Communications
Check that other units on the communications bus are responding to the masterstation. If some units are responding then, by deduction, the break in the bus canbe determined. If there is no response from any of the units then reset thecommunication port driving the bus with requests.
Check that there are not two units with the same address on the bus.
For Courier protocol systems the address cannot be allocated automatically unlessthe address is first manually set to 0. Also check if the unit address has been set to255. This is the global address for which no replies are permitted.
Check that the communication settings match those of the other units on the bus.If the unit is an M302 and is not responding then the unit can be reset to thedefault communication settings by pressing the reset button located beneath thelabelled grommet.
1.4 Analogue outputs (when fitted)
Check that the model has this option fitted via the user interface.
The analogue output terminals can be safely disconnected. Having done so,connect a milliameter directly across the terminals and check that there is current
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 4Page 2 of 2
flowing. If so, check the continuity of the current loop connected to the unit.This can be done by using either a continuity device or by feeding a current intothe circuit from a dc constant current source. If there is continuity, then reconnectthe current loop to the unit and measure the voltage at the terminals using anappropriate voltmeter. If the voltage exceeds 10V then the current loop has toomuch resistance around it.
1.5 Output relays (when fitted)
Check that the model has this option fitted via the user interface.
Check that the voltage across the relay contacts falls to zero when the relayoperates.
1.6 Opto inputs (when fitted)
Check that the unit has this option fitted via the user interface.
Check for presence of a voltage at the terminals of the status inputs with anappropriately rated voltmeter.
1.7 DC input (when fitted)
Check that the unit has this option fitted via the user interface.
Check for the presence of the correct signal at the terminals using an appropriatelyrated multimeter.
1.8 Password lost or not accepted
The Measurement Centre is supplied with the password set to AAAA.
Only upper case letters are acceptable.
The password can be changed by the user. See Chapter 1.
There is an additional unique recovery password associated with the unit whichcan be supplied by the factory, or service agent, if they are given details of theunit serial number. The serial number will be found in the system data column ofthe menu and should correspond to the number on the label located on the rear ofthe unit. If they differ, quote the one in the system data column.
1.9 Sub assembly fault finding
If the unit continues to operate incorrectly having completed the above tests then itwill have to be returned to the factory for fault finding and repair. It is not practicalto repair the unit on site. If any PCBs are replaced the unit will need to berecalibrated with equipment having a traceable accuracy of better than 0.05% ofreading. This level of equipment specification is not available for site working.
1.10 Recommended spares
A complete unit can be used to back up several Measurement Centres. In the veryunlikely event that one unit fails it can then be replaced with a complete new unitand the faulty unit returned to the factory for repair. This will then become the newspare unit once repaired.
M301, M302System Analysis and Measurement Centre
Service Manual
Chapter 5SCADA Information
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Contents
1. FRONT PANEL USER AND REMOTE ACCESS INTERFACES 11.1 Introduction 11.2 Menu presentation 21.2.1 Overview 21.2.1.1 Layer 0 - default position 21.2.1.2 Layer 1 - primary column headings 31.2.1.3 Layer 2 - secondary column headings 31.2.1.4 Layer 2 - data 31.2.1.5 Layer 3 - data 31.2.1.6 Multi-layer - scan alarms 31.3 Menu navigation 31.3.1 Scan alarms 31.3.2 General menu navigation for setting change 41.4 Procedure for changing settings 51.4.1 Start point 51.4.2 Password protection 51.4.3 Setting change 61.4.4 Group settings 61.4.5 Immediate settings 61.5 Menu contents 61.5.1 Alarm scan menu 71.5.1.1 'Out of service' messages 71.5.1.2 'Setpoint' messages 71.5.1.3 'Trip' messages 71.5.1.4 'Alarm' scan messages 81.5.1.5 Default display 91.5.1.6 Primary column headings 121.6 System data menu 131.6.1 Language 141.6.2 Password 141.6.3 Description 141.6.4 Plant reference 141.6.5 Model number 141.6.6 Serial number 141.6.7 Communication level 141.6.8 Courier address 141.6.9 Software Ref 1 141.6.10 Software Ref 2 141.6.11 Opto input status (where fitted) 141.6.12 Relay output status (where fitted) 151.6.13 Active access level 151.6.14 Password control 151.6.14.1 Level 1 password 151.6.14.2 Level 2 password 151.7 System configuration menu 151.7.1 Fitted hardware 16
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Contents
1.7.2 Communications protocol 161.7.3 Display mode 161.7.4 LCD backlight (where applicable) 161.7.5 Real time clock 161.7.6 Clock synchronisation 161.7.7 Maximum clock synchronisation interval 161.8 System modes menu 171.8.1 Connection mode 171.8.2 Power flow mode 181.8.3 CT primary 181.8.4 CT secondary 181.8.5 VT primary 181.8.6 VT secondary 181.9 System commands menu 181.9.1 Demand values secondary column headings 191.9.2 Demands for previous period menu 201.9.3 Maximum demands since last reset menu 211.9.4 Maximum demands for present day menu 211.9.5 Maximum demands for day 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 221.9.6 Tariff metering registers 231.9.7 Tariff settings status 231.9.8 Active rate registers 231.10 View records menu 241.10.1 Disturbance recorder 251.10.2 Recorder status 251.10.3 Data source 251.10.4 Samples per cycle 251.10.5 Record configuration 261.10.6 Post trigger cycle 261.10.7 Setpoint triggers 261.10.8 Opto input triggers (where fitted) 281.10.9 Records stored 291.10.10 Trigger disturbance recorder 291.10.11 Reset waveform capture and disturbance records 291.11 Communications settings menu 291.11.1 Modem control lines 291.11.2 Modbus address 291.11.3 Modbus baud rate 301.11.4 Modbus framing 301.11.5 Courier address 301.11.5.1 IEC870 baud rate 301.11.5.2 IEC870 framing 311.11.6 Demand calculation 311.11.7 Function 311.11.8 Demand subperiods (sliding window only) 311.11.9 Demand period (sliding window) 321.11.10 Demand period (fixed window or thermal characteristic) 32
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Contents
1.12 Analog outputs menu (where fitted) 321.12.1 Analog output 1 measurand 331.12.2 Analog output 1 full scale 341.12.3 Analog output 1 slope 341.12.4 Analog output 1 X-breakpoint 341.12.5 Analog output 1 Y-breakpoint 341.12.6 Analog output 1 span 341.13 Setpoint group 1, 2, 3, and 4 menus 351.13.1 Setpoint group 1 delay 351.13.2 Setpoint group 1 element 1 351.13.3 Setpoint group 1 element 1 high level 351.13.4 Setpoint group 1 element 1 low level 351.14 Relay outputs menu 361.14.1 Relay 1 assignment 361.14.2 Relay X label 361.14.3 Relay contacts 371.14.4 Import kWh pulse duration 371.14.5 Import kWh pulse rate 371.14.6 Import kWh full scale 371.14.7 Export kWh, export kVArh, and import kVArh 371.15 Opto inputs menu (where fitted) 371.15.1 Opto input X 381.15.2 Opto input X label 381.15.3 Tariff settings secondary column headings 381.16 Rate switching events menus 391.16.1 Activation day 401.16.2 Activation hour 401.16.3 Activation minute 401.16.5 Rates 401.17 Season switching event menu 401.17.1 Month 411.17.2 Day of month 411.17.3 New season 411.18 Switching events in season menu 411.18.1 Switching events in season 411.18.2 Fixed day exclusions 411.18.3 Week cell 421.18.4 Day cell 421.18.5 Season to use cell 421.18.6 Day to use cell 421.19 Fixed date exclusions menu 421.19.1 Month cell 431.19.2 Day of month cell 431.19.3 Season to use cell 431.19.4 Day to use cell 431.19.5 Rate register source 431.19.6 Rate register data source cell 43
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Contents
2 COURIER DATABASE MAP 44
3 MODBUS SCADA INFORMATION 813.1 Modbus protocol 813.2 Transactions 813.2.1 Request 813.2.2 Response 813.2.3 Request-response cycle example 813.2.3.1 Request frame 813.2.3.2 Response frame 823.3 Framing 823.3.1 RTU framing 823.4 Supported functions and usage 823.5 Register map 833.5.1 Code 833.5.2 Address 833.5.3 Contents 833.5.4 Data type 833.5.5 Indicator 833.5.6 Values 833.5.7 Conditional 833.5.8 Register type 833.5.9 Min., max., step 833.5.10 Passcode 833.6 Error responses 833.6.1 Request message 843.6.2 Exception response message 843.7 Exception codes 843.8 Event and disturbance record extraction procedures 843.8.1 Event record extraction 843.8.2 Disturbance record extraction 853.9 Modbus data types 873.10 Modbus database map 93
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 1 of 160
Section 1. FRONT PANEL USER AND REMOTE ACCESSINTERFACES
1.1 Introduction
The M301 has two principle means of allowing the user to interact with it; the frontpanel interface and a remote communications access interface. This manualspecifies the data available to the user and the method by which the user caninteract with the database via the front panel interface. Also contained within thedocument are the associated text strings that appear at the Courier remotecommunications interface. The ModBus remote communications interface is morebasic and is described in the SCADA section. These systems implement a broadrange of standard facilities which allow the user to:
• View measurements
• View and change settings
• View (and reset where appropriate) alarm records
• View (and reset where appropriate) event records
• View (and reset where appropriate) alarm/error messages
Access to the unit’s database is provided by means of an intuitive menu system.Human interaction is provided by means of a twenty character by two line LCD,seven button keypad, and four LEDs.
The user interface provides textual information in one of four languages:
English
French
German
Spanish
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 2 of 160
1.2 Menu presentation
1.2.1 Overview
The menu is organised in a tree-like structure, made up of columns and rows whichhave a hierarchical structure of layers. The menu structure is outlined below.
Layer 0 Default
Layer 1 Column Heading 1 Column Heading 2 Column Heading 3
Data 3.3Data 3.2Data 3.1Data 1.3Data 1.2Data 1.1
Column Heading 2.1
Data 2.1.1 Data 2.1.2 Data 2.1.3
Data 2.2.1
Column Heading 2.2
Data 2.2.2 Data 2.2.3
Scan AlarmsMulti-level
Layer 3
Layer 2
Figure 1. Menu Structure
The organisation of the layers is as follows:
Layer 0 Default position.
Layer 1 Primary column headings.
Layer 2 Data associated with primary column headings, orsecondary column headings.
Layer 3 Data associated with secondary column headings
Multi-Layer Scan alarms
1.2.1.1 Layer 0 - default position
The default position, at the head of the menu structure, allows the user to browsethrough all available measurements. The unit’s display reverts to the defaultposition in the structure if there is no keypad activity for a pre-set time.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 3 of 160
1.2.1.2 Layer 1 - primary column headings
The primary column headings logically break down the database into major areasof common functionality such as:
System data
Communications Configuration
Analog Outputs, etc.
1.2.1.3 Layer 2 - secondary column headings
Secondary column headings sub-divide some primary column headings into furtherlogical areas of commonality.
1.2.1.4 Layer 2 - data
Layer two data is associated with primary column heading. Data includes settingvariables, fixed values or measured values. Password protection is employed onthe data.
1.2.1.5 Layer 3 - data
Layer three data is associated with secondary column headings. Data includessetting variables, fixed values or measured values. Password protection isemployed.
1.2.1.6 Multi-layer - scan alarms
The scan alarms section is multi-layer; it is directly accessible from any other layer.Scan alarms allows the user to view (and reset where alarms have cleared)‘setpoint’, ‘relay trip’, ‘out of service’ and ‘alarm’ alarms.
1.3 Menu navigation
Basic menu navigation is described in Chapter 1 of both Volumes 1 and 2 of thismanual.
1.3.1 Scan alarms
The alarm scan mode is available whenever an alarm LED is illuminated. In thissituation the [READ] key can be used to scan through the alarm messages, whichcan then be reset if so desired.
The [READ] key can be used to enter scan mode. If no alarm messages are presentthen an intermediate screen will be displayed, otherwise the first alarm messagewill be displayed.
If one or more alarm messages are present then the [READ] key allows the user tostep through the available messages, each press of the key selecting the nextmessage. After the last alarm message has been displayed the user will beprompted by the message “ ‘CLEAR’ to clear alarms “. If the [READ] key is pressedwhilst this message is present, the display scrolls back to the first alarm message.When viewing the message the [CLEAR] key can be pressed to clear the alarmmessages. If the [CLEAR] key is pressed and none of the alarms are still active, thedisplay returns to the previous menu layer via a temporary intermediate displaynoting this fact. However, if there are alarms that are still active the “Alarms stillactive” message is temporarily displayed before returning to the first remainingalarm message. The [READ] key can then be pressed to scan through the standingalarms again.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 4 of 160
Pressing the “down” arrow key at any time returns the user to the display that theyleft prior to entering the scan alarms menu.
If an alarm clears itself whilst it is being viewed by the user the alarm message willbe removed and the next alarm message displayed. If this happens when there areno other alarm messages present, the display returns to that which it left on entry tothe Scan Alarms menu via a temporary intermediate display indicating that thereare no more alarms present.
Key Description of Function
[READ] Steps through present alarm messages and thereset alarms message in a cyclic manner.
[CLEAR] Resets/clears the alarm messages at the ‘CLEAR toClear Alarms’ prompt.
Down arrow Returns the user to the display that they were inbefore entering the scan alarms layer.
Other arrow keys No effect whilst in the scan alarms layer.
Summary of the key functionality whilst in the scan alarm mode.
1.3.2 General menu navigation for setting change
The user locates the data they wish to change as described in the introduction. Thedata can then be selected by means of the [ENTER] key. This causes the menu toenter setting mode. A flashing character, associated with the data, indicates thatdata may be changed.
If the data chosen is fixed and the [ENTER] key is pressed the message “Not asetting” will temporarily be displayed.
If a remote setting is in progress and the [ENTER] key is pressed the message“Remote setting in progress” will temporarily be displayed and the user returned tonormal browsing mode.
Access to data is subject to password protection, so the process of changing dataautomatically invokes prompting for the correct level of password, unless thepassword protection has already been removed. Password protection, onceremoved, remains active until the menu returns to the default display, due to eitherthe user returning the menu to the default display, or time-out of the keypadinactivity timer.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 5 of 160
Key Description of Function
Up arrow Increases the value of variable data in stepsizeincrements up to the maximum value or stepup through available options in a cyclicmanner.
Down arrow Decrease the value of variable data in stepsizeincrements down to the minimum value orstep down through available options in acyclic manner.
Right arrow This only has effect when there is more thanone field in the variable data (eg. passwordor plant reference). It is used to move to thenext field to the right in a cyclic manner.
Left Arrow This only has effect when there is more thanone field in the variable data (eg. passwordor plant reference). It is used to move to thenext field to the left in a cyclic manner.
[ENTER] This is used to select variable data when the valueis to be changed (ie. enter setting mode) and toaccept the value after the value has been changed.It has no effect with column headings or fixeddata.
[CLEAR] This key is used to reset variable data to itsoriginal value and to exit the setting mode.The item of data that was to be changed then appearsin the browse menu as its original value.
[READ] Used to go to the scan alarms layer if any data ispresent, otherwise no effect.
Summary of the functionality of keys for setting change.
1.4 Procedure for changing settings
The following section details the procedure for setting changes.
1.4.1 Start point
It is assumed that the general menu navigation has been followed to display theitem to be modified and, for example the following is displayed.
Language:English
Pressing the [ENTER] key initiates the password prompt. If no password is requiredor the password for the required level of protection has already been entered thisstage is be omitted.
1.4.2 Password protection
The password protection is described in the introduction. The procedure outlined inthat section should be followed to allow the correct password access to be set.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 6 of 160
1.4.3 Setting change
Language:
English
Again the leading character flashes between its present value and an underscoreto prompt the user that the field may be changed. The numeric value or text stringwill be varied by means of the Up and Down arrow keys. (If more than one field ispresent eg. register bits, selection of the individual fields is provided by means ofthe left and right arrow keys.
Pressing the [ENTER] key accepts the change and the menu returns to normalbrowsing mode but the new data value is displayed.
Pressing the [CLEAR] key at any point aborts the setting change and the menu shallreturn to browsing mode via a temporary intermediate screen that states “SettingAborted”. Time-out of the keypad inactivity timer aborts the whole process and themenu returns to the default position.
1.4.4 Group settings
If the setting cell is a member of a group setting, the setting change is notimplemented until the user moves up to a primary column heading. This is becausethe user may wish to change several related settings that should be implementedtogether. Time-out of the keypad inactivity timer, at any stage of this process,causes all the amended settings within that group to revert to their original valuesprior to the change.
After making all the required group setting changes the user returns up the columnheadings by pressing the Up arrow key. If any of the group settings have changedthe user shall be prompted by the following display. If no settings were actuallychanged the prompt is bypassed.
Update Settings?ENTER=Yes CLEAR=No
Pressing the [DOWN] key returns the user to the first data cell of the columnheading, with any previous changes still visible.
Pressing the [ENTER] key implements the settings and the menu moves to thecolumn heading via an intermediate message.
Pressing the [CLEAR] key discards the group settings change and the menu movesup to the column heading via a temporary intermediate message.
1.4.5 Immediate settings
If an immediate setting has been altered and the [ENTER] key pressed the setting isupdated immediately.
Pressing the [ENTER] key implements the setting change immediately and returnsthe menu to normal browse mode.
1.5 Menu Contents
The following sections depict the format of data that is displayed at the front paneland remote access point in order to view the data base of the unit.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 7 of 160
1.5.1 Alarm scan menu
The alarm scan menu shall be available when one of the four red LEDs isilluminated. The four groups of event messages shall be:
Out of service
Setpoint
Trip
Alarm
The following subsections give examples of the types of alarm messages that maybe displayed in alarm scan mode.
1.5.1.1 ‘Out of service’ messages
An 'out of service' message indicates that the unit is in a configurable orcalibration mode. The following 'out of service' alarm messages may be displayed.
Front Panel Remote Access
Configuration Configuration settings invalidSettings Invalid
Calibration Calibration settings invalidSettings Invalid
Configuration Mode Configuration mode entered
Entered
Calibration Mode Calibration mode entered
Entered
Frequency Frequency tracking failedTracking Failed
1.5.1.2 ‘Setpoint’ messages
The setpoint LED will illuminate when an alarm setpoint is exceeded. When asetpoint is exceeded the alarm scan menu displays the setpoint group, alarmelement, alarm measurand, greater/less than sign, and the pre-set trip level.Typical measurand strings are shown below.
G1,E1: Frequency G1,E1: Frequency > 100.0 % > 100.0 %
G1,E2: Pt G1,E2: Pt > 100.0 %< 100.0 %
G1,E1: Ιn G1,E1: Ιn > 100.0 %> 100.0 %
1.5.1.3 ‘Trip’ messages
The trip LED will illuminate on when an alarm relay operates. In the case of a relayoperating, the data is displayed in the alarm scan menu as shown below.
Relay O/P Operated: Relay O/P Operated: “Label”“Label”
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 8 of 160
1.5.1.4 ‘Alarm’ scan messages
This LED illuminates for exceptional errors. The unit displays the following alarmmessages to the user.
Front Panel Remote Access
Watchdog Time-Out Watchdog Time-Out Test Failed
Test Failed
Comms Channel A Comms Channel A Test 1 FailedTest 1 Failed
Comms Channel A Comms Channel A Test 2 FailedTest 2 Failed
Comms Channel B Comms Channel B Test 1 Failed Test 1 Failed
Comms Channel B Comms Channel B Test 2 FailedTest 2 Failed
EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - Immediate Settings
Immediate Settings
EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - System Mode Setting
System Mode Setting
EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - Dist Rec SettingsDist Rec Settings
EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - Comms SettingsComms Settings
EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - Demand SettingsDemand Settings
EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - Analog O/P SettingsAnalog O/P Settings
EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - Relay O/P SettingsRelay O/P Settings
EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - Opto I/P Settings Opto I/P Settings
EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - Alarm Gp 1 SettingsAlarm Gp 1 Settings
EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - Alarm Gp 2 SettingsAlarm Gp 2 Settings
EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - Alarm Gp 3 SettingsAlarm Gp 3 Settings
EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - Alarm Gp 4 SettingsAlarm Gp 4 Settings
EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - Tariff SettingsTariff Settings
EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - Metering DataMetering Data
EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - Event Records
Event Records
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 9 of 160
EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - LED Status
LED Status
EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - Clock InvalidClock Invalid
EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - Clock InaccurateClock Inaccurate
EEPROM Error - EEPROM Error - Analog O/P Serial PortAna O/P Serial Port
1.5.1.5 Default display
The default display allows the user to scroll through the unit’s measurements suchas voltage, current, power, and maximum demand values, etc. Data alwaysappears in the same ‘slot’ and the slot is blank if the connection mode renders thedata unavailable.
Front Panel Remote Access
MEASUREMENTS
Van=0.000 Vbn=0.000 Van=0.000 kVVcn=0.000 kV
Vbn=0.000 kV
Vcn=0.000 kV
Vab=0.000 Vbc=0.000 Vab=0.000 kV
Vca=0.000 kV
Vbc=0.000 kV
Vca=0.000 kV
Van=0.000 Vbn=0.000 Van(THD)=0.000 %Vcn=0.000 %THD
Vbn(THD)=0.000 %
Vcn(THD)=0.000 %
Vab=0.000 Vbc=0.000 Vab(THD)=0.000 %Vca=0.000 %THD
Vbc(THD)=0.000 %
Vca(THD)=0.000 %
Volts NPS=0.000 % Volts NPS=0.000 %
Ιa=0.000 Ιb=0.000 Ιa=0.000 kA
Ιc=0.000 kA
Ιb=0.000 kA
Ιc=0.000 kA
Neutral Current= 0.000 A Neutral Current=0.000 A
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 10 of 160
Ιa=0.000 Ιb=0.000 Ιa(THD)=0.000 %Ιc=0.000 %THD
Ιb(THD)=0.000 %
Ιc(THD)=0.000 %
Amps NPS=0.000 % Amps NPS=0.000 %
Ιa=0.000 Ιb=0.000 Ιa(MD)=0.000 kA
Ιc=0.000 MD kA
Ιb(MD)=0.000 kA
Ιc(MD)=0.000 kA
Real Power:
Real Power: Phase A=00.00000 kWPh A=00.00000 kW
Real Power: Phase B=-00.00000 kW
Ph B=-00.00000 kW
Real Power: Phase C=00.00000 kW
Ph C=00.00000 kW
Real Power: Total=00.00000 kWTotal=00.00000 kW
Reactive Power:
Reactive Power: Phase A=00.00000 kVArPh A=00.00000 kVAr
Reactive Power: Phase B=-00.00000 kVArPh B=-00.00000 kVAr
Reactive Power: Phase C=00.00000 kVArPh C=00.00000 kVAr
Reactive Power: Total=-00.00000 kVArTotal=-00.00000 kVAr
Apparent Power:
Apparent Power: Phase A=00.00000 kVA Ph A=00.00000 kVA
Apparent Power: Phase B=00.00000 kVA
Ph B=00.00000 kVA
Apparent Power: Phase C=00.00000 kVA
Ph C=00.00000 kVA
Apparent Power: Total=00.00000 kVA Total=00.00000 kVA
PF=0.000 PF: 0.000
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 11 of 160
Import Energy= Import Energy=000000.000 kWh000000.000 kWh
Export Energy= Export Energy=000000.000 kWh000000.000 kWh
Import Energy= Import Energy=000000.000 kVArh000000.000 kVArh
Export Energy= Export Energy=000000.000 kVArh
000000.000 kVArh
MD Import= MD Import=00.00000 kW
00.00000 kW
MD Export= MD Export=00.00000 kW 00.00000 kW
MD (+)=00.00000 kVA MD (+)=00.00000 kVA
MD (-)=00.00000 kVA MD (-)=00.00000 kVA
MD Lagging= MD Lagging=00.00000 kVAr 00.00000 kVAr
MD Leading= MD Leading=00.00000 kVAr
00.0000 kVAr
MD PF=0.000 MD PF=0.000
System Frequency= System Frequency=00.000 Hz 00.000 Hz
DC Input=0.000 % DC Input=0.000 %
Pulsed Input 1= Pulsed Input 1=00000000000000000000
Pulsed Input 2= Pulsed Input 2=00000000000000000000
Time Into Period: Time Into Demand Period: 18 Into 30 min
18 Into 30 min
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 12 of 160
1.5.1.6 Primary column headings
The Primary Column headings break down the data base into major areas ofcommon functionality.
Front Panel Remote Access
SYSTEM DATA SYSTEM DATA
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
SYSTEM MODES SYSTEM MODES
SYSTEM COMMANDS SYSTEM COMMANDS
DEMAND VALUES DEMAND VALUES
TARIFF METER TARIFF METER
VIEW RECORDS VIEW RECORDS
DISTURBANCE RECORDER DISTURBANCE RECORDER
COMMUNICATIONS COMMUNICATIONS SETTINGSSETTINGS
DEMAND CALCULATION DEMAND CALCULATION
ANALOG OUTPUTS ANALOG OUTPUTS
RELAY OUTPUTS RELAY OUTPUTS
OPTO INPUTS OPTO INPUTS
SETPOINT GROUP 1 SETPOINT GROUP 1
SETPOINT GROUP 2 SETPOINT GROUP 2
SETPOINT GROUP 3 SETPOINT GROUP 3
SETPOINT GROUP 4 SETPOINT GROUP 4
TARIFF SETTINGS TARIFF SETTINGS
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 13 of 160
1.6 System data menu
Front Panel Remote Access
SYSTEM DATA SYSTEM DATA
Language: Language: EnglishEnglish
Password: **** Password: ****
Description: Description: Measurement Centre Meas’ment Centre
Plant Reference: Plant Reference: <User defined><User defined>
Model Number: Model Number: M300H1042P0000A
M300H1042P0000A
Serial Number: Serial Number: 123456A
123456A
Communication Level: 1
Courier Address: 1
Software Ref 1: Software Ref 1: <To be defined><To be defined>
Software Ref 2: Software Ref 2: <To be defined ><To be defined>
Opto I/P Status: Opto Input Status 01 ↓
Opto 1: 1
Opto 2: 0
Relay O/P Status: Relay Output Status
1010 ↓
Relay 1: 0
Relay 2: 1
Relay 3: 0
Relay 4: 1
Active Access Level: Active Access Level: 00
Password Control: Password Control: 00
Level 1 Password: Level 1 Password: ****
****
Level 2 Password: Level 2 Password: ****
****
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 14 of 160
1.6.1 Language
This setting cell allows the user to select the required interface language. The tablebelow shows the possible states of the language cell.
Front Panel Remote Access
Language: Language: ENGLISH
ENGLISH
Language: Language: FRANCAIS
FRANCAIS
Language: Language: DEUTSCHDEUTSCH
Language: Language: ESPANOLESPANOL
1.6.2 Password
This setting cell allows the user to enter the password for the desired security level.The password shall be entered as described in the introduction to the two volumes.
1.6.3 Description
This data cell is a data cell containing a character string describing the device,namely “Measurement Centre”.
1.6.4 Plant reference
A setting cell containing a 16 character string. Its principal application is toidentify the location of the unit when viewed over a remote access system.
1.6.5 Model number
A data cell containing the unit’s model number.
1.6.6 Serial number
This data cell identifies the serial number of the unit.
1.6.7 Communication level
This data cell indicates the capability of the communications interface to a remotesystem. The measurement centre implements level 1 Courier Communications.
1.6.8 Courier address
This setting cell contains the address of the unit.
1.6.9 Software Ref 1
This data cell contains the version of the boot loader software.
1.6.10 Software Ref 2
This data cell contains the version of the main software.
1.6.11 Opto input status (where fitted)
This data cell enables the user to view the status of the opto inputs. When an inputis energised its flag is shown as a ‘1’, otherwise as a ‘0’. Opto 1 status is definedin bit 1 and Opto 2 is in bit 2.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 15 of 160
1.6.12 Relay output status (where fitted)
This data cell enables the user to view the status of the relay outputs. When anoutput is energised its flag is shown as a ‘1’, otherwise as a ‘0’. Output states shallbe 1-4 from left to right.
1.6.13 Active access level
This data cell indicates the currently active password level. The value will bedisplayed as an integer of range 0 to 3.
1.6.14 Password control
This setting cell indicates the lowest (default) level of access that is availablewithout entering a password. The value will be displayed as an integer of range0 to 2.
1.6.15 Level 1 password
This setting cell allows the password for level 1 to be changed. The password isfour upper case characters from A to Z and only visible as they are entered.
1.6.16 Level 2 password
This setting cell allows the password for level 2 to be changed. The password willbe four upper case characters from A to Z and only visible as they are entered.
1.7 System configuration menu
Front Panel Remote Access
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
Fitted Hardware: 0 Fitted Hardware: No Options FittedNo Options Fitted
Comms Protocol: Comms Protocol: Cou/IEC870 Mod/RS485
Cou/IEC870 Mod/RS485
Display Mode: Display Mode: Primary
Primary
LCD Backlight: LCD Backlight: ONON
Real Time Clock: Real Time Clock: 16/Mar/1997 10:34:5016-Mar-1997 10:34:50
Clock Synch: Clock Synch: DisabledDisabled
Max Clock Synch Max Clock Synch Interval: DisabledInterval: Disabled
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 16 of 160
1.7.1 Fitted hardware
This data cell will indicate to the user the fitted hardware option as follows:
Front panel Remote access
Fitted Hardware: 0 Fitted Hardware: 0 - No Options FittedNo Options Fitted
Fitted Hardware: 1 Fitted Hardware: 1 - Rly, OptoRly, Opto
Fitted Hardware: 2 Fitted Hardware: 2 - Ana, DC
Ana, DC
Fitted Hardware: 3 Fitted Hardware: 3 - Rly, Opto, Ana, DC
Rly, Opto, Ana, DC
1.7.2 Communications protocol
This setting cell enables the user to choose the desired communications protocol.The possible states of the cell are:
Front Panel Remote Access
Comms Protocol: Comms Protocol: Cou/IEC870 Mod/RS485
Cou/IEC870 Mod/RS485
Comms Protocol: Comms Protocol: Cou/K-Bus Mod/RS232Cou/K-Bus Mod/RS232
1.7.3 Display mode
This setting cell will allow the user to select if they wish to display measurements inprimary or secondary terms as follows:
Front Panel Remote Access
Display Mode: Display Mode: PrimaryPrimary
Display Mode: Display Mode: SecondarySecondary
1.7.4 LCD backlight (where applicable)
This setting cell allows the user to select if they wish the LCD backlight to be on oroff. The options are ‘ON’ or ‘OFF’.
1.7.5 Real time clock
This setting cell displays the current value of the unit’s real time clock. Each field ofthe cell is set in the standard manner.
1.7.6 Clock synchronisation
This setting cell allows the user to select the clock synchronisation rate. The optionsare ‘Disabled’, ‘30s’, ‘1 min’, ‘5 min’, ‘10 min’, ‘15 min’, ‘30 min’, or ‘60 min’.
1.7.7 Maximum clock synchronisation interval
This setting cell is used to select the maximum clock synchronisation interval.The cell can be set to ‘Disabled’, ‘1 Day’, ‘2 Days’, ‘3 Days’, ....... ‘31 Days’.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 17 of 160
1.8 System modes menu
Front Panel Remote Access
Connection Mode: 0 Connection Mode 0: 1ph (L,N)
1ph (L,N)
Power Flow Mode: Power Flow Mode: Mode 1
Mode 1
CT Primary: CT Primary: 9999A9999A
CT Secondary: CT Secondary: 9.000A9.000A
VT Primary: VT Primary: 999999V 999999V
VT Secondary: VT Secondary: 500.00V500.00V
1.8.1 Connection mode
This setting cell will enable the user to select the desired connection mode.
Front Panel Remote Access
Connection Mode: 0 Connection Mode: 0 - 1ph (L,N)1ph (L,N)
Connection Mode: 1 Connection Mode: 1 - 3ph4w bal(1VT,1CT)3ph4w bal(1VT,1CT)
Connection Mode: 2 Connection Mode: 2 - 3ph3w bal(3VT,1CT)3ph3w bal(3VT,1CT)
Connection Mode: 3 Connection Mode: 3 - 3ph3w unbal(3VT,2CT)3ph3w unbal(3VT,2CT)
Connection Mode: 4 Connection Mode: 4 - 3ph4w unbal(2VT,3CT)
3ph4w unbal(2VT,3CT)
Connection Mode: 5 Connection Mode: 5 - 3ph4w unbal(3VT,3CT)
3ph4w unbal(3VT,3CT)
Connection Mode: 6 Connection Mode: 6 - 2ph3w bal(2VT,2CT)2ph3w bal(2VT,2CT)
Connection Mode: 7 Connection Mode: 7 - 3ph3w bal(2VT,2CT)3ph3w bal(2VT,2CT)
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 18 of 160
1.8.2 Power flow mode
This setting cell allows the user to select one of four power flow modes.
Front Panel Remote Access
Power Flow Mode: Power Flow Mode: Mode 1 Mode 1
Power Flow Mode: Power Flow Mode: Mode 2
Mode 2
Power Flow Mode: Power Flow Mode: Mode 3
Mode 3
Power Flow Mode: Power Flow Mode: Mode 4Mode 4
1.8.3 CT Primary
This setting cell allows the user to set the CT primary value. The cell’s contents arevariable from 0-9999A in 1A steps.
1.8.4 CT Secondary
This setting cell allows the user to set the CT secondary value. The cell’s contentsare variable from 1.000-9.000A in 0.001A steps.
1.8.5 VT Primary
This setting cell allows the user to set the VT primary value. The cell’s contents arevariable from 0-999999V in 1V steps.
1.8.6 VT Secondary
This setting cell enables the user to set the desired VT secondary value. The cell’scontents are variable from 1.00V to 500.00V in 0.01V steps.
1.9 System commands menu
The System Commands menu is presented to the user as shown in the table.The menu basically allows the user to initiate various commands. Pressing the frontpanel button referred to in the quotation marks carries out the command (M301only). Once the command has been completed a message is temporarily displayedto inform the user. All of these commands are accessed via the communications onan M302.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 19 of 160
Front Panel Remote Access
‘CLEAR’ to Reset Reset Energy Meter: NoEnergy Meter
‘CLEAR’ to Reset Reset Demand: NoDemand
‘CLEAR’ to Reset Reset Energy Meter and Demand: NoEnergy & Demand
‘CLEAR’ to Reset Reset Pulse Counts: No
Pulse Counts
Reset Local LEDs: No
‘CLEAR’ to Restore Restore Password Protection: No
Password Protection
‘ENTER’ to Capture Start Waveform Capture: No
A ph Fast Wform Data
‘ENTER’ to CaptureB ph Fast Wform Data
‘ENTER’ to CaptureC ph Fast Wform Data
1.9.1 Demand values secondary column headings
The primary column heading, Demand Values is broken down further intosecondary column headings as shown in the table.
Throughout the demand columns the ‘‘ symbol shall indicate a link to the date andtime stamp sub-cell. To gain access to this cell the Down arrow key key is pressed.After viewing, the main cell can be returned to by pressing the Up arrow key.
Front Panel Remote Access
DEMAND VALUES DEMAND VALUES
DEMANDS FOR DEMANDS FOR PREVIOUS PERIOD
PREVIOUS PERIOD
MAXIMUM DEMANDS MAXIMUM DEMANDS SINCE LAST RESET
SINCE LAST RESET
MAXIMUM DEMANDS MAXIMUM DEMANDS FOR PRESENT DAYFOR PRESENT DAY
MAXIMUM DEMANDS MAXIMUM DEMANDS FOR DAY 1FOR DAY 1
MAXIMUM DEMANDS MAXIMUM DEMANDS FOR DAY 2FOR DAY 2
MAXIMUM DEMANDS MAXIMUM DEMANDS FOR DAY 3FOR DAY 3
MAXIMUM DEMANDS MAXIMUM DEMANDS FOR DAY 4
FOR DAY 4
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 20 of 160
MAXIMUM DEMANDS FOR MAXIMUM DEMANDS FOR DAY 5DAY 5
MAXIMUM DEMANDS FOR MAXIMUM DEMANDS FOR DAY 6 DAY 6
MAXIMUM DEMANDS FOR MAXIMUM DEMANDS FOR DAY 7
DAY 7
1.9.2 Demands for previous period menu
These data cells contain the maximum demands for the previous period.
Front Panel Remote Access
DEMANDS FOR DEMANDS FOR PREVIOUS PERIODPREVIOUS PERIOD
Prev Period Demand: Import=00.00000kWImport=00.00000kW
Prev Period Demand: Export=00.00000kW
Export=00.00000kW
Prev Period Demand: Lag=00.00000kVAr
Lag=00.00000kVAr
Prev Period Demand: Lead=00.00000kVArLead=00.00000kVAr
Prev Period Demand: (+)=00.0000 kVA(+)=00.00000kVA
Prev Period Demand: (-)=00.00000kVA(-)=00.00000kVA
Prev Period Demand: PF=0.000 PF=0.000
Prev Period Demand: Ιa=0.000A
Ιa=0.000A
Prev Period Demand: Ιb=0.000A
Ιb=0.000A
Prev Period Demand: Ιc=0.000A Ιc=0.000A
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 21 of 160
1.9.3 Maximum demands since last reset menu
These data cells contain the maximum demand values, and access to theircorresponding time stamp sub-cell, since the last reset.
Front Panel Remote Access
MAXIMUM DEMANDS MAXIMUM DEMANDS SINCE LAST RESET
SINCE LAST RESET
MD Since Last Reset: Import=00.00000 kWImport=00.00000 kW ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087
MD Since Last Reset: Export=00.00000 kWExport=00.00000 kW ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087
MD Since Last Reset: Lag=00.00000 kVArLag=00.00000 kVAr ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087
MD Since Last Reset: Lead=00.00000 kVArLead=00.00000 kVAr ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087
MD Since Last Reset: (+)=00.00000 kVA
(+)=00.00000 kVA ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087
MD Since Last Reset: (-)=00.00000 kVA
(-)=00.00000 kVA ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087
MD Since Last Reset: PF=0.000PF=0.000 ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087
MD Since Last Reset: Ιa=0.000 AΙa=0.000 kA ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087
MD Since Last Reset: Ιb=0.000 AΙb=0.000 kA ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087
MD Since Last Reset: Ιc=0.000 AΙc=0.000 kA ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087
1.9.4 Maximum demands for present day menu
These data cells contain the maximum demand values, and access to theircorresponding time stamp sub-cell, for the present day.
Front Panel Remote Access
MAXIMUM DEMANDS FOR MAXIMUM DEMANDS FOR PRESENT DAYPRESENT DAY
MD Present Day: Import=00.00000 kWImport=00.00000 kW ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087
MD Present Day: Export=00.00000 kW
Export=00.00000 kW ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087
MD Present Day: Lag=00.00000 kVAr
Lag=00.00000 kVAr ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087
MD Present Day: Lead=00.00000 kVArLead=00.00000 kVAr ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 22 of 160
MD Present Day: (+)=00.00000 kVA
(+)=00.00000 kVA ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087
MD Present Day: (-)=00.00000 kVA (-)=00.00000 kVA ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087
MD Present Day: PF=0.000PF=0.000 ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087
MD Present Day: Ιa=0.000 AΙa=0.000 A ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087
MD Present Day: Ιb=0.000 AΙb=0.000 A ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087
MD Present Day: Ιc=0.000 A
Ιc=0.000 A ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087
1.9.5 Maximum Demands For Day 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7
The maximum demand menu for days 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 can be accessed asfollows.
The Maximum Demands For Day 1 is used as an example. The data cells containthe maximum demand values, and access to their corresponding time stamp in thesub-cell, for day one.
Front Panel Remote Access
MAXIMUM DEMANDS FOR MAXIMUM DEMANDS FOR DAY 1
DAY 1
MD Day 1: Import=00.00000 kWImport=00.00000 kW ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087
MD Day 1: Export=00.00000 kWExport=00.00000 kW ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087
MD Day 1: Lag=00.00000 kVArLag=00.00000 kVAr ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087
MD Day 1: Lead=00.00000 kVArLead=00.00000 kVAr ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087
MD Day 1: (+)=00.00000 kVA
(+)=00.00000 kVA ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087
MD Day 1: (-)=00.00000 kVA
(-)=00.00000 kVA ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087
MD Day 1: PF=0.000PF=0.000 ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087
MD Day 1: Ιa=0.000 AΙa=0.000 A ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087
MD Day 1: Ιb=0.000 AΙb=0.000 A ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087
MD Day 1: Ιc=0.000 AΙc=0.000 A ↓ 06-Jan-1997 11:33:31.087
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 23 of 160
1.9.6 Tariff metering registers
Front Panel Remote Access
TARIFF METER TARIFF METER
Settings Status: Tariff Settings Status: 1010
1010 ↓
Active Rate Reg: Active Rate Registers: 1010011010100110 ↓
Rate Register 1: Rate Register 1: 123456789 kWh123456789 kWh
Rate Register 2: Rate Register 2: 987654321 kVArh987654321 kVArh
Rate Register 3: Rate Register 3: 2345 kVArh2345 kVArh
Rate Register 8: Rate Register 8: 123456789 kWh
123456789 kWh
1.9.7 Tariff settings status
This data cell enables the user to see which of the Tariff Settings Status conflictsflags are currently active. When a conflict exists its flag is shown as a ‘1’,otherwise as a’0’.
The ‘↓‘ symbol indicates to the user that there are associated data sub-cell.Pressing the Down arrow key displays the first sub-cell. Pressing the Right arrowand Left arrow keys scrolls through the sub-cells shown in the Table. The Up arrowkey can be pressed at any time to move the user back up from a sub-cell to themain data cell.
↑←→Dup Rate Events: 0
↑←→Dup Season Events: 1
↑←→
Invalid Season: 1
↑←→
Events In season: 1
1.9.8 Active rate registers
This data cell enables the user to see which of the rate registers are currentlyactive. When a register is active its flag is shown as a ‘1’, otherwise as a’0’.The flags are listed in the order Register 8 to Register 1 from left to right.
The ‘↓‘ symbol indicates to the user that there are associated data sub-cell.Pressing the Down arrow key displays the first sub-cell. Pressing the Left arrow andRight arrow keys scrolls through the sub-cells shown in the table. The Up arrow keymay be pressed at any time to move the user back up from a sub-cell to the maindata cell.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 24 of 160
↑←→Rate Register 1: 0
↑←→Rate Register 2: 1
↑←→Rate Register 8: 1
1.10 View records menu
This menu displays the history of the Out Of Service, Alarm, and Setpoint Alarms.The first two cells displays the number of records available and gives the option toreset all records respectively. If there are no records present the menu displays thenumber of records as ‘0’.
Front Panel Remote Access
VIEW RECORDS VIEW RECORDS
Number of Records: Number of Records: 4949
‘CLEAR’ to Clear Clear all Records: NoEvent Records
0:Frequency ↓ 0: Frequency Tracking FailedTracking Failed 17-Feb-1997 09:23:21
1:G1,E1 High Trip ↓ 1: G1, E1 High Trip Van=0.000 kV
Van=0.000 kV 17-Feb-1997 09:23:21
2:G2,E2 Low Trip ↓ 2: G1,E1 Low Trip MD Lead=00.00000 kVAr
MD Lead=00.00000kVAr 17-Feb-1997 09:23:21
46:G3,E5 High Reset ↓ 46: G1,E1 High Reset MD (+)=00.00000 kVMD (+)=00.00000 kVA 17-Feb-1997 09:23:21
47:G4,E1 Low Reset ↓ 47: G1,E1 Low Reset Total=00.00000 kVATotal=00.00000 kVA 17-Feb-1997 09:23:21
48:Relay O/P Status ↓ 48: Relay O/P Status 01100110 17-Feb-1997 09:23:21
49:Opto I/P Status ↓ 49: Opto I/P Status 01 01 17-Feb-1997 09:23:21
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 25 of 160
1.10.1 Disturbance recorder
Front Panel Remote Access
DISTURBANCE RECORDER DISTURBANCE RECORDER
Recorder Status: Recorder Status: Stopped
Stopped
Data Source: ADC Samples
Samples Per Cycle: Samples Per Cycle: 48
48
Record Config: Record Configuration: 1 Record, 36 Cycles1 Record, 36 Cycles
Post Trigger Cycle: Post Trigger Cycle: 3636
Setpoint Triggers: Setpoint Triggers:↓
Group 1, Element 1: 0Group 1, Element 2: 1
Group 1, Element 3: 0Group 1, Element 4: 1Group 2, Element 1: 0
Group 4, Element 8: 1
Opto Input Trigger: Opto Input Triggers: Opto I/P 110 ↓
Opto I/P 1: 1Opto I/P 2: 0
Records Stored: Records Stored: 00
‘ENTER’ to Trigger Trigger Disturbance Recorder: NoDisturbance Recorder
‘CLEAR’ to Clear Clear Waveform Capture & Disturbance Records: No
Wave Cap & Dist Rec
1.10.2 Recorder status
This data cell indicates the status of the recorder. The possible states of the cell are‘Stopped’, ‘Triggered’ or ‘Running’.
1.10.3 Data source
This data cell indicates to the user that the source of disturbance record is theAnalog to digital converter samples.
1.10.4 Samples per cycle
This setting cell contains the number of samples per cycle to be taken by thedisturbance recorder. It shall be set to ‘48’ or ‘24’.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 26 of 160
1.10.5 Record configuration
This setting cell allows the user to select the number of records and cycles perrecord. The possible states of the cell are:
Front Panel Remote Access
Record Config: Record Config: 1 Record, 36 Cycles
1 Record, 36 Cycles
Record Config: Record Config: 2 Records, 18 Cycles
2 Records, 18 Cycles
Record Config: Record Config: 3 Records, 12 Cycles3 Records, 12 Cycles
Record Config: Record Config: 4 Records, 9 Cycles4 Records, 9 Cycles
Record Config: Record Config: 1 Records, 72 Cycles1 Record, 72 Cycles
Record Config: Record Config: 2 Records, 36 Cycles2 Records, 36 Cycles
Record Config: Record Config: 3 Records, 24 Cycles
3 Records, 24 Cycles
Record Config: Record Config: 4 Records, 18 Cycles
4 Records, 18 Cycles
1.10.6 Post trigger cycle
This setting cell allows the user to set the number of Post Trigger Cycles stored.The range limit is dependant on the state of the Record Configuration cell.
1.10.7 Setpoint triggers
This data setting enables the user to view/set the desired Setpoint ElementTriggers. The ‘↓‘ symbol indicates to the user that there are associated data sub-cells. Pressing the Down arrow key takes the user to the display shown by below.There are 32 flags representing Four Setpoint Groups each with eight Elements.The bottom row represents Group 1 Element 1 through Group 2 Element 8respectively and the top row Group 3 Element 1 through Group 4 Element 8respectively. When a trigger is activated its flag is shown as a ‘1’, otherwise as a‘0’.
Group 4 Group 3
Bit
32
1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 ↑
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 ↓
Bit
0
Group 2 Group 1
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 27 of 160
The ‘↑‘ and ‘↓‘ symbols indicate that pressing the Up arrow key returns the user tothe main setting cell, whilst pressing the Down arrow key expands the first flag.The flag’s expanded information is displayed as in the table below.
The ‘←‘ and ‘→‘ symbols indicate that the user can scroll left or right through thecells in a cyclic manner using the Left arrrow and Right arrow keys respectively.
↑←→
Group 1,Element 1: 0
↑←→
Group 1,Element 2: 0
↑←→Group 1,Element 3: 1
↑←→Group 1,Element 4: 0
↑←→Group 1,Element 5: 0
↑←→Group 1,Element 6: 0
↑←→
Group 1,Element 7: 0
↑←→
Group 1,Element 8: 0
↑←→Group 2,Element 1: 0
↑←→Group 2,Element 2: 0
↑←→Group 2,Element 3: 0
↑←→Group 2,Element 4: 0
↑←→
Group 2,Element 5: 1
↑←→
Group 2,Element 6: 0
↑←→Group 2,Element 7: 0
↑←→Group 2,Element 8: 0
↑←→Group 3,Element 1: 0
↑←→Group 3,Element 2: 0
↑←→
Group 3,Element 3: 0
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 28 of 160
↑←→Group 3,Element 4: 1
↑←→Group 3,Element 5: 1
↑←→Group 3,Element 6: 0
↑←→Group 3,Element 7: 0
↑←→
Group 3,Element 8: 0
↑←→
Group 4,Element 1: 0
↑←→Group 4,Element 2: 1
↑←→Group 4,Element 3: 0
↑←→Group 4,Element 4: 0
↑←→Group 4,Element 5: 0
↑←→
Group 4,Element 6:0
↑←→
Group 4,Element 7:0
↑←→Group 4,Element 8:1
1.10.8 Opto input triggers (where fitted)
This setting cell allows the user to set/view the Opto Input Trigger assignments.When an input is active its flag is shown as a ‘1’, otherwise as a ‘0’. Input statesshall be 1-2 from left to right.
The ‘↓‘ symbol shall indicate to the user that there are associated data sub-cell.Pressing the Down arrow key shall display the first sub-cell. Pressing the Left arrowand Right arrow keys shall then scroll through the sub-cells. The Up arrow key maybe pressed at any time to move the user back up from a sub-cell to the main datacell.
↑←→
Opto Input Trig 1:1
↑←→
Opto Input Trig 2:0
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 29 of 160
1.10.9 Records stored
This data cell shows the number of records stored.
1.10.10 Trigger disturbance recorder
This command cell allows the user to trigger the disturbance recorder.
1.10.11 Reset waveform capture and disturbance records
This command cell allows the user to reset waveform capture and all disturbancerecords.
1.11 Communications settings menu
Front Panel Remote Access
COMMUNICATIONS COMMUNICATIONS SETTINGSSETTINGS
Modem Control Lines: Modem Control Lines: DisabledDisabled
Modbus Address: 1 Modbus Address: 1
Modbus Baud Rate: Modbus Baud Rate: 96009600
Modbus Framing: 1St, Modbus Framing: 1 Start Bit, 8 Data Bits, Even Parity
8Dt, Even Par, 2Stp Bit, 2 Stop Bits
Courier Address: Courier Address: 255
255
IEC870 Baud Rate: IEC870 Baud Rate: 96009600
IEC870 Framing: IEC870 Framing: FT1.2, 11 bitsFT1.2, 11 bits
1.11.1 Modem control lines
This setting cell allows the user to enable or disable the modem control lines.The possible cell states are ‘Disabled’, ‘Enabled’.
1.11.2 Modbus address
This setting cell allows the user to set the modbus address between 1 and 247 insteps of one.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 30 of 160
1.11.3 Modbus baud rate
This setting cell allows the user to select the desired modbus baud rate.The possible cell states are shown below.
Front Panel Remote Access
Modbus Baud Rate: Modbus Baud Rate: 1200
1200
Modbus Baud Rate: Modbus Baud Rate: 24002400
Modbus Baud Rate: Modbus Baud Rate: 48004800
Modbus Baud Rate: Modbus Baud Rate: 96009600
Modbus Baud Rate: Modbus Baud Rate: 1920019200
1.11.4 Modbus framing
This setting cell is used to select the desired modbus framing. The possible cellstates are shown below.
Front Panel Remote Access
Modbus Framing: 1St, Modbus Framing: 1 Start Bit, 8 Data Bits, No Parity8Dt, No Par, 2Stp Bit, 2 Stop Bits
Modbus Framing: 1St, Modbus Framing: 1 Start Bit, 8 Data Bits, Even Parity
8 Dt, Even Par, 1Stp Bit, 1 Stop Bit
Modbus Framing: 1St, Modbus Framing: 1 Start Bit, 8 Data Bits, Odd Parity
8 Dt, Odd Par, 1Stp Bit, 1 Stop Bit
1.11.5 Courier address
This setting cell allows the user to set the courier address. The cell can be setbetween 0 and 255 in steps of one.
1.11.6 IEC870 baud rate
This setting cell allows the user to select the desired IEC870 baud rate.The possible cell states are shown below.
Front Panel Remote Access
IEC870 Baud Rate: IEC870 Baud Rate: 1200
1200
IEC870 Baud Rate: IEC870 Baud Rate: 24002400
IEC870 Baud Rate: IEC870 Baud Rate: 48004800
IEC870 Baud Rate: IEC870 Baud Rate: 96009600
IEC870 Baud Rate: IEC870 Baud Rate: 1920019200
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 31 of 160
1.11.7 IEC870 Framing
The user can use this setting cell to select the desired IEC870 framing.The possible cell states are shown below.
Front Panel Remote Access
IEC870 Framing: IEC870 Framing: FT1.2, 11 Bits
FT1.2, 11 Bits
IEC870 Framing: IEC870 Framing: 1010 Bits
1.11.8 Demand calculation
The demand calculation menu is presented to the user as illustrated below.The chosen function determines the remainder of settings available.
Front Panel Remote Access
DEMAND CALCULATION DEMAND CALCULATION
Function: Function: Sliding WindowSliding Window
Demand Subperiods: Demand Subperiods: 30 min30 min
Demand Period: Demand Period: 15 Subperiods15 Subperiods
Demand Period: Demand Period: 30 min
30 min
1.11.9 Function
The function setting cell determines the type of demand calculation used asdescribed in the table.
Front Panel Remote Access
Function: Function: Fixed Window
Fixed Window
Function: Function: Sliding Window
Sliding Window
Function: Function: Thermal CharacteristicThermal
1.11.10 Demand subperiods (sliding window only)
The demand subperiods setting cell is only be visible if the sliding window functionhas been chosen. The cell can be used to set the subperiod length, in minutes, from1 to 99.
Front Panel Remote Access
Demand Subperiods: Demand Subperiods: 99 min99 min
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 32 of 160
1.11.11 Demand period (sliding window)
If the sliding window function has been chosen then this cell is used to select thenumber of subperiods. The number of subperiods can be between 1 and 15.
Front Panel Remote Access
Demand Period: Demand Period: 1 Subperiods
1 Subperiod
Demand Period: Demand Period: 2 Subperiods2 Subperiods
Demand Period: Demand Period: 15 Subperiods15 Subperiods
1.11.12 Demand period (fixed window or thermal characteristic)
If the fixed window or thermal characteristic functions have been chosen then thiscell can be used to set the demand period length. The cell has a range of 1 to 99minutes in steps of one minute.
Front Panel Remote Access
Demand Period: Demand Period: 99 mins99 mins
1.12 Analog outputs menu (where fitted)
The analog outputs menu is presented to the user as shown below. The followingsub-sections describe the particular case of analog output one.
Front Panel Remote Access
ANALOG OUTPUTS ANALOG OUTPUTS
Analog Output 1: Analog Output 1: Van
Van
Analog Output 1 Full Scale: 100.0 %
Full Scale: 100.0 %
Analog Output 1 Slope: SingleSlope: Single
Analog Output 1 Span: 0...10 mA UniSpan: 0...10 mA Uni
Analog Output 2: Analog Output 2: Vbn Vbn
Analog Output 2 Full Scale: 100.0 %Full Scale: 100.0 %
Analog Output 2 Slope: Single
Slope: Single
Analog Output 2 Span: 0...10 mA Uni
Span: 0...10 mA Uni
Analog Output 3: Analog Output 3: VcnVcn
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 33 of 160
Analog Output 3 Full Scale: 100.0 %Full Scale: 100.0 %
Analog Output 3 Slope: Single
Slope: Single
Analog Output 3 Span: 0...10 mA Uni
Span: 0...10 mA Uni
Analog Output 4: Analog Output 4: VabVab
Analog Output 4 Full Scale: 99.9%Full Scale: 99.9%
Analog Output 4 Slope: SingleSlope: Single
Analog Output 4 Span: 0...10 mA UniSpan: 0...10 mA Uni
1.12.1 Analog output 1 measurand
This setting cell indicates the measurand assigned to Analog output 1. The possiblestates of this cell are:
Front Panel Remote Access
Analog Output 1: Analog Output 1: DisabledDisabled
Analog Output 1: Analog Output 1: Frequency
Frequency
Analog Output 1: Analog Output 1: Pt
Pt
Analog Output 1: Analog Output 1: QtQt
Analog Output 1: Analog Output 1: StSt
Analog Output 1: Analog Output 1: PFPF
Analog Output 1: Analog Output 1: ΙaΙa
Analog Output 1: Analog Output 1: ΙbΙb
Analog Output 1: Analog Output 1: ΙcΙc
Analog Output 1: Analog Output 1: ΙnΙn
Analog Output 1: Analog Output 1: VanVan
Analog Output 1: Analog Output 1: VbnVbn
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 34 of 160
Analog Output 1: Analog Output 1: VcnVcn
Analog Output 1: Analog Output 1: VabVab
Analog Output 1: Analog Output 1: VbcVbc
Analog Output 1: Analog Output 1: Vca
Vca
1.12.2 Analog output 1 full scale
This setting cell allows the user to define the full scale value of the selected inputmeasurand. The full scale range is 1.0 % to 200.0 % in steps of 0.1 %.
1.12.3 Analog output 1 slope
This setting cell allows the user to select the desired output slope, its possible statesare shown below.
Front Panel Remote Access
Analog Output 1 Analog Output 1 Slope: Single
Slope: Single
Analog Output 1 Analog Output 1 Slope: Dual
Slope: Dual
1.12.4 Analog output 1 X-breakpoint
This setting cell allows the user to set the x-breakpoint value. The setting range shallbe 0.0 % to 100.0 % in 0.1 % steps. This is only applicable for dual slopesettings.
1.12.5 Analog output 1 Y-breakpoint
This setting cell allows the user to set the y-breakpoint value. The setting range is0.0 % to 100.0 % in 0.1 % steps. This is only applicable for dual slope settings.
1.12.6 Analog output 1 span
This setting cell allows the user to select the output current span. The possible statesof the cell are shown below.
Front Panel Remote Access
Analog Output 1 Analog Output 1 Span: 0...10 mA UniSpan: 0...10 mA Uni
Analog Output 1 Analog Output 1 Span: 0...20 mA UniSpan: 0...20 mA Uni
Analog Output 1 Analog Output 1 Span: 4...20 mA UniSpan: 4...20 mA Uni
Analog Output 1 Analog Output 1 Span: 0...20 mA Bi
Span: 0...10 mA Bi
Analog Output 1 Analog Output 1 Span: 0...20 mA Bi
Span: 0...20 mA Bi
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 35 of 160
Analog Output 1 Analog Output 1 Span: 0...20 mA BiSpan: 4...20 mA Bi
1.13 Setpoint group 1, 2, 3, and 4 menus
Setpoint Group menus 1 to 4 follow the same format as each other, the onlydifference being the reference number. This section uses Setpoint Group 1 element1 as an example to describe how the data is displayed to the user.
Front Panel Remote Access
SETPOINT GROUP 1 SETPOINT GROUP 1
Setpoint Group 1 Delay: 60 sec
Delay: 60 sec
Setpoint G1,E1: Element 1: Van
Van
Setpoint G1,E1 High Level: 120.3 %High Level: 120.3 %
Setpoint G1,E1 Low Level: 88.4 %Low Level: 88.4 %
1.13.1 Setpoint group 1 delay
This setting cell allows the user to enter the Setpoint Group delay. The setting rangecan be 1 to 60 seconds in steps of one second.
1.13.2 Setpoint group 1 element 1
Each Setpoint Group has eight elements. The user is able to disable the element orselect one of the available measurands. The table below shows the possible statesof this cell for Setpoint Group 1, element 1 for both a disabled configuration andwith the setpoint of Frequency.
Front Panel Remote Access
Setpoint G1,E1: Element 1: Disabled
Disabled
Setpoint G1,E1: Element 1: Frequency
Frequency
1.13.3 Setpoint group 1 element 1 high level
This setting cell is used to set the high alarm level value as a percentage.
1.13.4 Setpoint group 1 element 1 low level
This setting cell is used to set the low alarm level value as a percentage.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 36 of 160
1.14 Relay outputs menu
The relay outputs menu is presented to the user as in the table which uses relay 1as an example.
Front Panel Remote Access
RELAY OUTPUTS RELAY OUTPUTS
Relay 1
Relay 1 Assignment: Assignment: Setpoint Group 1
Setpoint Group 1
Relay 1 Label: Label: Relay Output 1Relay Output 1
Relay 1 Contacts: Contacts: Normally OpenNormally Open
1.14.1 Relay 1 assignment
This setting cell is used to select the assignment of relay 1. The possible states are:
Front Panel Remote Access
Relay 1 Assignment: Relay 1 Assignment: Disabled
Disabled
Relay 1 Assignment: Relay 1 Assignment: Setpoint Group 1Setpoint Group 1
Relay 1 Assignment: Relay 1 Assignment: Setpoint Group 2Setpoint Group 2
Relay 1 Assignment: Relay 1 Assignment: Setpoint Group 3Setpoint Group 3
Relay 1 Assignment: Relay 1 Assignment: Setpoint Group 4Setpoint Group 4
Relay 1 Assignment: Relay 1 Assignment: Pulsed Import kWh
Pulsed Import kWh
Relay 1 Assignment: Relay 1 Assignment: Pulsed Export kWh
Pulsed Export kWh
Relay 1 Assignment: Relay 1 Assignment: Pulsed Export kVArhPulsed Export kVArh
Relay 1 Assignment: Relay 1 Assignment: Pulsed Import kVArhPulsed Import kVArh
Relay 1 Assignment: Relay 1 Assignment: WatchdogWatchdog
1.14.2 Relay X label
This setting cell allows the user to enter a 14 character (ASCII TEXT) labelrepresenting the relay X. The default label is “Relay Output X”
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 37 of 160
1.14.3 Relay contacts
This setting cell is used to select the default state of the relay’s contacts.
Front Panel Remote Access
Relay 1 Contacts: Relay 1 Contacts: Normally OpenNormally Open
Relay 1 Assignment: Relay 1 Contacts: Normally Closed
Normally Closed
1.14.4 Import kWh pulse duration
This setting cell allows the user to select the desired pulse duration for Import kWh.The table below illustrates the possible states of the cell.
Front Panel Remote Access
Import kWh Pulse Pulse Duration: 100 ms
Duration: 100 ms
Import kWh Pulse Pulse Duration: 200 ms
Duration: 200 ms
Import kWh Pulse Pulse Duration: 400 msDuration: 400 ms
1.14.5 Import kWh pulse rate
This setting cell can be set between 1-4000 pph in steps of one.
1.14.6 Import kWh full scale
This setting cell can be set between 1.000%-200.0 % in steps of 0.1 %.
1.14.7 Export kWh, export kVArh, and import kVArh
The cell structure for import watts can be repeated for export watts, import kVArhand export kVArh.
1.15 Opto inputs menu (where fitted)
Front Panel Remote Access
Opto Input 1: Opto Input 1: DisabledDisabled
Opto Input 1 Label: Label: Opto Input 1Opto Input 1
Opto Input 2: Opto Input 2: DisabledDisabled
Opto Input 2 Label: Label: Opto Input 2
Opto Input 2
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 38 of 160
1.15.1 Opto input X
The Opto Input X setting cell allows the user to set the operation mode of the input.The possible states being.
Front Panel Remote Access
Opto Input X: Opto Input X: Disabled
Disabled
Opto Input X: Opto Input X: Demand SyncDemand Sync
Opto Input X: Opto Input X: Energy SyncEnergy Sync
Opto Input X: Opto Input X: Energy & Demand SyncEnergy & Demand Sync
Opto Input X: Opto Input X: Pulse CounterPulse Counter
Opto Input X: Opto Input X: Clock Sync
Clock Sync
Opto Input X: Opto Input X: Logic Levels
Logic Levels
1.15.2 Opto input X label
This setting cell allows the user to enter a 14 character (ASCII TEXT) labelrepresenting Opto Input X. The default label is “Opto Input X”.
1.15.3 Tariff settings secondary column headings
The primary column heading tariff settings are broken down into the secondarycolumn headings as shown.
Front Panel Remote Access
TARIFF SETTINGS TARIFF SETTINGS
RATE SWITCHING RATE SWITCHING EVENTS 1-12
EVENTS 1-12
RATE SWITCHING RATE SWITCHING EVENTS 13-24EVENTS 13-24
RATE SWITCHING RATE SWITCHING EVENTS 25-36EVENTS 25-36
RATE SWITCHING RATE SWITCHING EVENTS 37-48EVENTS 37-48
SEASON SWITCHING SEASON SWITCHING EVENTSEVENTS
SWITCHING EVENTS SWITCHING EVENTS IN SEASON
IN SEASON
FIXED DAY FIXED DAY EXCLUSIONS
EXCLUSIONS
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 39 of 160
FIXED DATE FIXED DATE EXCLUSIONSEXCLUSIONS
RATE REGISTER RATE REGISTER DATA SOURCEDATA SOURCE
1.16 Rate switching events menus
This subsection describes how the rate switching events menus are displayed to theuser. The rate switching events 1 to 12 menu is displayed to the user as shownbelow. The remaining rate switching events (13-24, 25-36, and 37-48) followexactly the same structure except for the reference to event numbers.
Front Panel Remote Access
RATE SWITCHING RATE SWITCHING EVENTS 1-12EVENTS 1-12
Event 1
Event 1 Activation Activation Day: DisabledDay: Disabled
Event 1 Activation Activation Hour: 0Hour: 0
Event 1 Activation Activation Minutes: 0Minute: 0
Event 1 Rates: Rates: 0000000100101101 ↓
Event 2
Event 2 Activation Activation Day: DisabledDay: Disabled
Event 2 Activation Activation Hour: 0
Hour: 0
Event 2 Activation Activation Minutes: 0
Minute: 0
Event 2 Rates: Rates: 0000000100000001 ↓
Event 12
Event 12 Activation Activation Day: DisabledDay: Disabled
Event 12 Activation Activation Hour: 0Hour: 0
Event 12 Activation Activation Minutes: 0Minute: 0
Event 12 Rates: Rates: 0000000100000001 ↓
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 40 of 160
1.16.1 Activation day
The possible states of the activation day setting cell are ‘Disabled’, ‘Monday’,‘Tuesday’, ‘Wednesday’, ‘Thursday’, ‘Friday’, ‘Saturday’ or ‘Sunday’.
1.16.2 Activation hour
This setting cell can be set between 0 and 23 hours in one hour steps.
1.16.3 Activation minute
This setting cell can be set between 0 and 59 minutes in one minute steps.
1.16.4 Rates
This setting cell displays the state of each rate register. A ‘1’ indicates active whilsta ‘0’ inactive.
The ‘←‘ and ‘→‘ symbols indicates that the user can scroll left or right througheach of the rate register states in a cyclic manner using the left and right arrowkeys respectively. The ‘″‘ symbol indicates that the user can return to the rateregister cell.
↑←→Event 1 Rate Reg 1:1
↑←→Event 2 Rate Reg 2:0
etc.
The user is able to enter setting mode in the normal manner from any of thedisplays. When in setting mode the user shall see the display shown below (theparticular Rate Reg number displayed depends on where the setting mode wasentered from). The Left and Right arrow keys can be used to scroll through the RateRegisters in a cyclic manner and the Up and Down arrow keys used to toggle thesetting value between ‘0’ and ‘1’. The setting changes is accepted in the normalmanner.
↑←→Event 1 Rate Reg 1:1
1.17 Season switching event menu
The season switching event menu is presented to the user as shown in the tablebelow.
Front Panel Remote Access
SEASON SWITCHING SEASON SWITCHING EVENTSEVENTS
Event 1
Event 1 Month: JanuaryMonth: January
Event 1 Day of Month: 1Day of Month: 1
Event 1 New Season: 2New Season: 2
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 41 of 160
Event 12
Event 12 Month: MarchMonth: March
Event 12 Day of Month: 5Day of Month: 5
Event 12 New Season: 3New Season: 3
1.17.1 Month
This setting cell enables the user to select from ‘Disabled’, ‘January’, ‘February’,‘March’, ‘April’, ‘May’, ‘June’, ‘July’, ‘August’, ‘September’, ‘October’,‘November’, and ‘December’.
1.17.2 Day of month
This setting cell allows the user to select in steps of 1 day from 1 to 31 days.
1.17.3 New season
This setting cell has a range of 0 to 11 in steps of one.
1.18 Switching events in season menu
Front Panel Remote Access
SWITCHING EVENTS IN SWITCHING EVENTS IN SEASON
SEASON
Switching Events In Season 0: 0
Season 0: 0
Switching Events In Season 1: 12Season 1: 12
Switching Events In Season 11: 48Season 11: 48
1.18.1 Switching events in season
This setting cell allows the user to select the number of events for each season.The cell’s states are ‘0’, ‘1’, ‘2’, ... ‘48’.
1.18.2 Fixed day exclusions.
Front Panel Remote Access
FIXED DAY EXCLUSION FIXED DAY EXCLUSION
Exclusion 1:
Exclusion 1 Week: 1Week: 1
Exclusion 1 Day: Monday
Day: Monday
Exclusion 1 Season to Use: 1
Season to Use: 1
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 42 of 160
Exclusion 1 Day to Use: MondayDay to Use: Monday
Exclusion 8:
Exclusion 8 Week: 1Week: 1
Exclusion 8 Day: MondayDay: Monday
Exclusion 8 Season to Use: 1Season to Use: 1
Exclusion 8 Day to Use: TuesdayDay to Use: Monday
1.18.3 Week cell
This setting cell is used to select the fixed day exclusion week. The cell’s possiblestates are ‘Disabled’, ‘1’, ‘2’, ... ‘52’.
1.18.4 Day cell
This setting allows the user to select the fixed day exclusion day. The cell’s possiblestates are ‘Monday’, ‘Tuesday’, ... ‘Sunday’.
1.18.5 Season to use cell
This setting cell allows the user to select the fixed day exclusion season to use.The cell’s possible states are ‘1, ‘2’, ... ‘12’.
1.18.6 Day to use cell
This setting cell enables the user to select the fixed day exclusion day to use.The cell’s possible states are ‘Monday’, ‘Tuesday’, ... ‘Sunday’.
1.19 Fixed date exclusion menu
Front Panel Remote Access
FIXED DATE EXCLUSION FIXED DATE EXCLUSION
Exclusion 1:
Exclusion 1 Month: JanuaryMonth: January
Exclusion 1 Day of Month: 23Day of Month: 23
Exclusion 1 Season to Use: 1
Season to Use: 1
Exclusion 1 Day to Use: Monday
Day to Use: Monday
Exclusion 8:
Exclusion 8 Month: January
Month: January
Exclusion 8 Day of Month: 20Day of Month: 20
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 43 of 160
Exclusion 8 Season to Use: 1Season to Use: 1
Exclusion 8 Day to Use: TuesdayDay to Use: Tuesday
1.19.1 Month cell
This setting cell is used to select the fixed date exclusion month. The cell’s possiblestates are ‘Disabled’, ‘January’, ‘February’, ... ‘December’.
1.19.2 Day of month cell
This setting allows the user to select the fixed date exclusion day of month.The cell’s possible states are ‘1, ‘2, ... ‘31’.
1.19.3 Season to use cell
This setting cell allows the user to select the fixed date exclusion season to use.The cell’s possible states are ‘1’, ‘2’, ... ‘12’.
1.19.4 Day to use cell
This setting cell enables the user to select the fixed date exclusion day to use.The cell’s possible states are ‘Monday’, ‘Tuesday’, ... ‘Sunday’.
1.19.5 Rate register source
Front Panel Remote Access
RATE REGISTER DATA RATE REGISTER DATA SOURCESOURCE
Rate Register 1: Rate Register 1: Import Total kWhImport Total kWh
Rate Register 2: Rate Register 2: Import Total kWhImport Total kWh
Rate Register 3: Rate Register 3: Export Total kWh
Export Total kWh
Rate Register 4: Rate Register 4: Import Total kVArh
Import Total kVArh
Rate Register 5: Rate Register 5: Export Total kVArhExport Total kVArh
Rate Register 6: Rate Register 6: Export Total kWhExport Total kW
1.19.6 Rate register data source cell
The rate register data source cells enable the user to select the data source foreach register. Each rate register data source cell has one of the states shown in thetable.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 44 of 160
Sect
ion 2
.CO
URIE
R D
ATA
BA
SE M
AP
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
0000
SYST
EM D
ATA
SYST
EM D
ATA
0001
Lang
uage
Inde
xed
Strin
g0
Engl
ish
Lang
uage
: Eng
lish
1Fr
anca
is
2D
eutsc
h
3Es
pano
l
0002
Pass
wor
dA
scii
Pass
wor
d(4)
Pass
wor
d: *
***
0004
Des
crip
tion
Asc
ii Te
xt(1
6)20
Cha
ract
ers
+ N
ULL
Des
crip
tion:
Mea
sure
men
t Cen
tre
0005
Plan
t Ref
eren
ceA
scii
Text
(16)
20 C
hara
cter
s +
NU
LLPl
ant R
efer
ence
: <U
ser D
efin
ed>
0006
Mod
el N
umbe
rA
scii
Text
(16)
15 C
hara
cter
s +
NU
LLM
odel
Num
ber:
H10
0A11
0012
0CEA
0008
Seria
l Num
ber
Asc
ii Te
xt(7
)6
Dig
its +
1 A
lpha
Seria
l Num
ber:
1234
56A
0009
Freq
uenc
y (H
z)U
nsig
ned
Inte
ger
(16)
Freq
uenc
y (H
z): 5
0
000A
Com
mun
icat
ion
Leve
lU
nsig
ned
Inte
ger
(16)
Com
mun
icat
ion
Leve
l: 1
000B
Add
ress
Uns
igne
d In
tege
r (1
6)A
ddre
ss: 1
0011
Softw
are
Ref 1
Asc
ii Te
xt (1
6)So
ftwar
e Re
f 1: <
To b
e de
fined
>
0012
Softw
are
Ref 2
Asc
ii Te
xt (1
6)So
ftwar
e Re
f 2: <
To b
e de
fined
>
0020
Opt
o In
put S
tatu
sBi
nary
Fla
gs (2
)O
pto
Inpu
t Sta
tus:
00
0021
Rela
y O
utpu
t Sta
tus
Bina
ry F
lags
(4)
Rela
y O
utpu
t Sta
tus:
000
0
0022
Ala
rm S
tatu
sBi
nary
Fla
gs (2
4)00
0000
01h
Wat
chdo
g Ti
me-
Out
Res
et
0000
0002
hSe
rial c
omm
unic
atio
n co
ntro
ller c
hann
el A
test
1
0000
0004
hSe
rial c
omm
unic
atio
n co
ntro
ller c
hann
el A
test
1
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 45 of 160
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
0000
0008
hSe
rial c
omm
unic
atio
n co
ntro
ller c
hann
el B
test
2
0000
0010
hSe
rial c
omm
unic
atio
n co
ntro
ller c
hann
el B
test
2
0000
0020
hEE
PRO
M E
rror
: im
med
iate
set
tings
0000
0040
hEE
PRO
M E
rror
: sys
tem
mod
es s
ettin
gs
0000
0080
hEE
PRO
M E
rror
: dis
turb
ance
reco
rder
set
tings
0000
0100
hEE
PRO
M E
rror
: com
mun
icat
ion
setti
ngs
0000
0200
hEE
PRO
M E
rror
: dem
and
setti
ngs
0000
0400
hEE
PRO
M E
rror
: ana
logu
e ou
tput
set
tings
0000
0800
hEE
PRO
M E
rror
: rel
ay o
utpu
t set
tings
0000
1000
hEE
PRO
M E
rror
: opt
o in
put s
ettin
gs
0000
2000
hEE
PRO
M E
rror
: set
poin
t gro
up 1
set
tings
0000
4000
hEE
PRO
M E
rror
: set
poin
t gro
up 2
set
tings
0000
8000
hEE
PRO
M E
rror
: set
poin
t gro
up 3
set
tings
0001
0000
hEE
PRO
M E
rror
: set
poin
t gro
up 4
set
tings
0002
0000
hEE
PRO
M E
rror
: tar
iff s
ettin
gs
0004
0000
hEE
PRO
M E
rror
: met
erin
g da
ta
0008
0000
hEE
PRO
M E
rror
: eve
nt re
cord
s
0010
0000
hEE
PRO
M E
rror
: LED
sta
tus
0020
0000
hRe
al ti
me
cloc
k is
inva
lid
0040
0000
hRe
al ti
me
cloc
k is
inac
cura
te
0080
0000
hA
nalo
gue
outp
ut s
eria
l por
t fai
led
0023
Setp
oint
Sta
tus
Bina
ry F
lags
(32)
0000
0001
hG
roup
1 S
etpo
int 1
Gro
up 1
Set
poin
t 1: 0
0000
0002
hG
roup
1 S
etpo
int 2
Gro
up 1
Set
poin
t 2: 0
0000
0004
hG
roup
1 S
etpo
int 3
Gro
up 1
Set
poin
t 3: 0
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 46 of 160
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
0000
0008
hG
roup
1 S
etpo
int 4
Gro
up 1
Set
poin
t 4: 0
0000
0010
hG
roup
1 S
etpo
int 5
Gro
up 1
Set
poin
t 5: 0
0000
0020
hG
roup
1 S
etpo
int 6
Gro
up 1
Set
poin
t 6: 0
0000
0040
hG
roup
1 S
etpo
int 7
Gro
up 1
Set
poin
t 7: 0
0000
0080
hG
roup
1 S
etpo
int 8
Gro
up 1
Set
poin
t 8: 0
0000
0100
hG
roup
2 S
etpo
int 1
Gro
up 2
Set
poin
t 1: 0
0000
0200
hG
roup
2 S
etpo
int 2
Gro
up 2
Set
poin
t 2: 0
0000
0400
hG
roup
2 S
etpo
int 3
Gro
up 2
Set
poin
t 3: 0
0000
0800
hG
roup
2 S
etpo
int 4
Gro
up 2
Set
poin
t 4: 0
0000
1000
hG
roup
2 S
etpo
int 5
Gro
up 2
Set
poin
t 5: 0
0000
2000
hG
roup
2 S
etpo
int 6
Gro
up 2
Set
poin
t 6: 0
0000
4000
hG
roup
2 S
etpo
int 7
Gro
up 2
Set
poin
t 7: 0
0000
8000
hG
roup
2 S
etpo
int 8
Gro
up 2
Set
poin
t 8: 0
0001
0000
hG
roup
3 S
etpo
int 1
Gro
up 3
Set
poin
t 1: 0
0002
0000
hG
roup
3 S
etpo
int 2
Gro
up 3
Set
poin
t 2: 0
0004
0000
hG
roup
3 S
etpo
int 3
Gro
up 3
Set
poin
t 3: 0
0008
0000
hG
roup
3 S
etpo
int 4
Gro
up 3
Set
poin
t 4: 0
0010
0000
hG
roup
3 S
etpo
int 5
Gro
up 3
Set
poin
t 5: 0
0020
0000
hG
roup
3 S
etpo
int 6
Gro
up 3
Set
poin
t 6: 0
0040
0000
hG
roup
3 S
etpo
int 7
Gro
up 3
Set
poin
t 7: 0
0080
0000
hG
roup
3 S
etpo
int 8
Gro
up 3
Set
poin
t 8: 0
0100
0000
hG
roup
4 S
etpo
int 1
Gro
up 4
Set
poin
t 1: 0
0200
0000
hG
roup
4 S
etpo
int 2
Gro
up 4
Set
poin
t 2: 0
0400
0000
hG
roup
4 S
etpo
int 3
Gro
up 4
Set
poin
t 3: 0
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 47 of 160
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
0800
0000
hG
roup
4 S
etpo
int 4
Gro
up 4
Set
poin
t 4: 0
1000
0000
hG
roup
4 S
etpo
int 5
Gro
up 4
Set
poin
t 5: 0
2000
0000
hG
roup
4 S
etpo
int 6
Gro
up 4
Set
poin
t 6: 0
4000
0000
hG
roup
4 S
etpo
int 7
Gro
up 4
Set
poin
t 7: 0
8000
0000
hG
roup
4 S
etpo
int 8
Gro
up 4
Set
poin
t 8: 0
00D
0A
ctiv
e A
cces
s Le
vel
Uns
igne
d In
tege
r(16)
00D
1Pa
ssw
ord
Con
trol
Inde
xed
Strin
g (1
6)0
Men
u is
fully
pro
tect
edPa
ssw
ord
Con
trol:
Men
u Fu
lly P
rote
cted
1Fu
ll ac
cess
up
to le
vel 1
use
r pas
swor
d
2Fu
ll ac
cess
up
to le
vel 2
use
r pas
swor
d
00D
2Le
vel 1
Pas
swor
dA
scii
Pass
wor
d(4)
4 U
pper
case
lette
rs +
NU
LLLe
vel 1
Pas
swor
d: *
***
00D
3Le
vel 2
Pas
swor
dA
scii
Pass
wor
d(4)
4 U
pper
case
lette
rs +
NU
LLLe
vel 2
Pas
swor
d: *
***
0100
SYST
EM C
ON
FIG
URA
TIO
NSY
STEM
CO
NFI
GU
RATI
ON
0101
Fitte
d H
ardw
are
Inde
xed
Strin
g0
No
Opt
ions
Fitt
edFi
tted
Har
dwar
e: N
o O
ptio
ns F
itted
1Fo
ur re
lays
& T
wo
Stat
us In
puts
2Fo
ur A
nalo
gue
Out
puts
& D
C In
put
3Fo
ur re
lays
, Tw
o St
atus
Inpu
ts, F
our A
nalo
gue
Out
puts
& D
C In
put
0102
Com
ms
Prot
ocol
Inde
xed
Strin
g0
RS48
5 M
odbu
s an
d IE
C87
0 C
ourie
rC
omm
s Pr
otoc
ol: M
od/R
S485
Cou
/IEC
870
1K-
Bus
Cou
rier a
nd R
S232
Mod
bus
0103
Dis
play
Mod
eIn
dexe
d St
ring
0Se
cond
ary
Dis
play
Mod
e: S
econ
dary
1Pr
imar
y
0104
LCD
Bac
klig
htIn
dexe
d St
ring
0O
ffLC
D B
ackl
ight
: Off
1O
n
0105
Real
Tim
e C
lock
IEC
Tim
e &
Dat
eRe
al T
ime
Clo
ck
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 48 of 160
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
0106
Clo
ck S
ynch
Inde
xed
Strin
g0
Dis
able
dC
lock
Syn
chro
nisa
tion:
Dis
able
d
130
s
21
min
35
min
410
min
515
min
630
min
760
min
0107
Max
Clo
ck S
ynch
Inde
xed
Strin
g0
Dis
able
d
1 to
31
Day
s
0200
SYST
EM M
OD
ES
0201
Con
nect
ion
Mod
eIn
dexe
d St
ring
0Si
ngle
Pha
se (L
, N)
13
phas
e 4
wire
bal
ance
d (1
vol
ts, 1
cur
rent
)
23
phas
e 3
wire
bal
ance
d (3
vol
ts, 1
cur
rent
)
33
phas
e 3
wire
unb
alan
ced
(3 v
olts,
2 c
urre
nts)
43
phas
e 4
wire
unb
alan
ced
(2 v
olts,
3 c
urre
nts)
53
phas
e 4
wire
unb
alan
ced
(3 v
olts,
3 c
urre
nts)
62
phas
e 3
wire
sys
tem
(2 v
olts,
2 c
urre
nts)
73
phas
e 3
wire
bal
ance
d (2
vol
ts, 2
cur
rent
s)
0202
Pow
er F
low
Mod
eIn
dexe
d St
ring
0M
ode
1
1M
ode
2
2M
ode
3
3M
ode
4
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 49 of 160
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
0203
C.T
. Prim
ary
Uns
igne
d In
tege
r(32)
0N
o Pr
imar
y C
ircui
t
1 - 9
999
(A)
0204
C.T
. Sec
onda
ryIE
EE F
loat
Valu
e en
tere
d =
nom
inal
val
ue o
f I/P
cur
rent
0205
V.T.
Prim
ary
Uns
igne
d In
tege
r(32)
0N
o Pr
imar
y C
ircui
t
1 - 9
9,99
9(V
)
(V)
0206
V.T.
Sec
onda
ryIE
EE F
loat
Valu
e en
tere
d =
nom
inal
val
ue o
f I/P
vol
tage
0207
Save
Set
tings
Inde
xed
Strin
g0
Setti
ngs
OK
1Se
tting
s C
hang
ed
2A
ccep
t New
Set
tings
3A
bort
Setti
ng C
hang
es
0300
SYST
EM C
OM
MA
ND
S
0301
Rese
t Ene
rgy
Met
erIn
dexe
d St
ring
0N
O
1YE
S - R
ESET
S TO
0
0302
Rese
t Dem
and
Inde
xed
Strin
g0
NO
1YE
S - R
ESET
S TO
0
0303
Rese
t Ene
rgy
Met
er a
nd D
eman
dIn
dexe
d St
ring
0N
O
1YE
S - R
ESET
S TO
0
0304
Rese
t Pul
se C
ount
sIn
dexe
d St
ring
0N
O
1YE
S - R
ESET
S TO
0
0305
Rese
t Loc
al L
EDs
Inde
xed
Strin
g0
NO
1YE
S - R
ESET
S TO
0
0306
Resto
re P
assw
ord
Prot
ectio
nIn
dexe
d St
ring
0N
O
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 50 of 160
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
1YE
S - R
ESET
S TO
0
0307
Star
t Fas
t Wav
efor
m C
aptu
reIn
dexe
d St
ring
0C
aptu
re O
ff
1C
aptu
re A
-ph
Dat
a
2C
aptu
re B
-ph
Dat
a
3C
aptu
re C
-ph
Dat
a
0400
MEA
SURE
MEN
TS
0401
Van
Cou
rier V
olta
ge
0402
Vbn
Cou
rier V
olta
ge
0403
Vcn
Cou
rier V
olta
ge
0404
Vab
Cou
rier V
olta
ge
0405
Vbc
Cou
rier V
olta
ge
0406
Vca
Cou
rier V
olta
ge
0407
IaC
ourie
r Cur
rent
0408
IbC
ourie
r Cur
rent
0409
IcC
ourie
r Cur
rent
040A
InC
ourie
r Cur
rent
040B
Freq
uenc
yC
ourie
r Fre
quen
cy
040C
dc In
put
IEEE
Flo
at
040D
Pulse
Cou
nt 1
Uns
igne
d In
tege
r (1
6)
040E
Pulse
Cou
nt 2
Uns
igne
d In
tege
r (1
6)
040F
V %
NPS
Cou
rier
Perc
enta
ge
0410
I %N
PSC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 51 of 160
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
0500
POW
ER /
EN
ERG
Y M
EASU
REM
ENTS
0501
REA
L PO
WER
0502
A P
hase
Rea
l Pow
erC
ourie
r Pow
er
0503
B Ph
ase
Real
Pow
erC
ourie
r Po
wer
0504
C P
hase
Rea
l Pow
erC
ourie
r Pow
er
0505
REA
CTI
VE P
OW
ER
0506
A P
hase
Rea
ctiv
e Po
wer
Cou
rier v
ar
0507
B Ph
ase
Reac
tive
Pow
erC
ourie
r var
0508
C P
hase
Rea
ctiv
e Po
wer
Cou
rier v
ar
0509
APP
ARE
NT
POW
ER
050A
A P
hase
App
aren
t Pow
erC
ourie
r VA
050B
B Ph
ase
App
aren
t Pow
erC
ourie
r VA
050C
C P
hase
App
aren
t Pow
erC
ourie
r VA
050D
Tota
l Rea
l Pow
erC
ourie
r Pow
er
050E
Tota
l Rea
ctiv
e Po
wer
Cou
rier v
ar
050F
Tota
l App
aren
t Pow
erC
ourie
r VA
0510
Tota
l Pow
er F
acto
rC
ourie
r Res
erve
d
0511
Impo
rt Re
al E
nerg
yC
ourie
r Wh
0512
Expo
rt Re
al E
nerg
yC
ourie
r Wh
0513
Impo
rt Re
activ
e En
ergy
Cou
rier v
arh
0514
Expo
rt Re
activ
e En
ergy
Cou
rier v
arh
0600
DEM
AN
D V
ALU
ES
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 52 of 160
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
0601
DYN
AM
IC D
EMA
ND
VA
LUES
0602
Tim
e In
to P
erio
d (m
in)
Uns
igne
d In
tege
r(16)
0603
Impo
rt Re
al P
ower
Cou
rier P
ower
0604
Expo
rt Re
al P
ower
Cou
rier P
ower
0605
Impo
rt Re
activ
e Po
wer
Cou
rier v
ar
0606
Expo
rt Re
activ
e Po
wer
Cou
rier v
ar
0607
Posi
tive
App
aren
t Pow
erC
ourie
r VA
0608
Neg
ativ
e A
ppar
ent P
ower
Cou
rier
VA
0609
Pow
er F
acto
rC
ourie
r Res
erve
d
060A
IaC
ourie
r Cur
rent
060B
IbC
ourie
r Cur
rent
060C
IcC
ourie
r Cur
rent
060D
PREV
IOU
S PE
RIO
D
060E
Impo
rt Re
al P
ower
Cou
rier P
ower
060F
Expo
rt Re
al P
ower
Cou
rier P
ower
0610
Impo
rt Re
activ
e Po
wer
Cou
rier v
ar
0611
Expo
rt Re
activ
e Po
wer
Cou
rier v
ar
0612
Posi
tive
App
aren
t Pow
erC
ourie
r VA
0613
Neg
ativ
e A
ppar
ent P
ower
Cou
rier
VA
0614
Pow
er F
acto
rC
ourie
r Res
erve
d
0615
IaC
ourie
r Cur
rent
0616
IbC
ourie
r Cur
rent
0617
IcC
ourie
r Cur
rent
0618
MA
X D
EMA
ND
SIN
CE
LAST
RES
ET
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 53 of 160
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
0619
Impo
rt Re
al P
ower
Cou
rier P
ower
061A
Tim
e St
amp
IEC
870
Tim
e &
Dat
e
061B
Expo
rt Re
al P
ower
Cou
rier P
ower
061C
Tim
e St
amp
IEC
870
Tim
e &
Dat
e
061D
Impo
rt Re
activ
e Po
wer
Cou
rier v
ar
061E
Tim
e St
amp
IEC
870
Tim
e &
Dat
e
061F
Expo
rt Re
activ
e Po
wer
Cou
rier v
ar
0620
Tim
e St
amp
IEC
870
Tim
e &
Dat
e
0621
Posi
tive
App
aren
t Pow
erC
ourie
r VA
0622
Tim
e St
amp
IEC
870
Tim
e &
Dat
e
0623
Neg
ativ
e A
ppar
ent P
ower
Cou
rier
VA
0624
Tim
e St
amp
IEC
870
Tim
e &
Dat
e
0625
Pow
er F
acto
rC
ourie
r Res
erve
d
0626
Tim
e St
amp
IEC
870
Tim
e &
Dat
e
0627
IaC
ourie
r Cur
rent
0628
Tim
e St
amp
IEC
870
Tim
e &
Dat
e
0629
IbC
ourie
r Cur
rent
062A
Tim
e St
amp
IEC
870
Tim
e &
Dat
e
062B
IcC
ourie
r Cur
rent
062C
Tim
e St
amp
IEC
870
Tim
e &
Dat
e
062D
PRES
ENT
DA
Y M
AX
DEM
AN
D
062E
Impo
rt Re
al P
ower
Cou
rier P
ower
062F
Tim
e St
amp
IEC
870
Tim
e &
Dat
e
0630
Expo
rt Re
al P
ower
Cou
rier P
ower
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 54 of 160
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
0631
Tim
e St
amp
IEC
870
Tim
e &
Dat
e
0632
Impo
rt Re
activ
e Po
wer
Cou
rier v
ar
0633
Tim
e St
amp
IEC
870
Tim
e &
Dat
e
0634
Expo
rt Re
activ
e Po
wer
Cou
rier v
ar
0635
Tim
e St
amp
IEC
870
Tim
e &
Dat
e
0636
Posi
tive
App
aren
t Pow
erC
ourie
r VA
0637
Tim
e St
amp
IEC
870
Tim
e &
Dat
e
0638
Neg
ativ
e A
ppar
ent P
ower
Cou
rier
VA
0639
Tim
e St
amp
IEC
870
Tim
e &
Dat
e
063A
Pow
er F
acto
rC
ourie
r Res
erve
d
063B
Tim
e St
amp
IEC
870
Tim
e &
Dat
e
063C
IaC
ourie
r Cur
rent
063D
Tim
e St
amp
IEC
870
Tim
e &
Dat
e
063E
IbC
ourie
r Cur
rent
063F
Tim
e St
amp
IEC
870
Tim
e &
Dat
e
0640
IcC
ourie
r Cur
rent
0641
Tim
e St
amp
IEC
870
Tim
e &
Dat
e
0700
7-D
AY
MA
XIM
UM
DEM
AN
DS
0701
DA
Y 1
MA
X D
EMA
ND
0702
Impo
rt Re
al P
ower
Cou
rier P
ower
0703
Tim
e St
amp
IEC
870
Tim
e &
Dat
e
0704
Expo
rt Re
al P
ower
Cou
rier P
ower
0705
Tim
e St
amp
IEC
870
Tim
e &
Dat
e
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 55 of 160
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
0706
Impo
rt Re
activ
e Po
wer
Cou
rier v
ar
0707
Tim
e St
amp
IEC
870
Tim
e &
Dat
e
0708
Expo
rt Re
activ
e Po
wer
Cou
rier v
ar
0709
Tim
e St
amp
IEC
870
Tim
e &
Dat
e
070A
Posi
tive
App
aren
t Pow
erC
ourie
r VA
070B
Tim
e St
amp
IEC
870
Tim
e &
Dat
e
070C
Neg
ativ
e A
ppar
ent P
ower
Cou
rier
VA
070D
Tim
e St
amp
IEC
870
Tim
e &
Dat
e
070E
Pow
er F
acto
rC
ourie
r Res
erve
d
070F
Tim
e St
amp
IEC
870
Tim
e &
Dat
e
0710
IaC
ourie
r Cur
rent
0711
Tim
e St
amp
IEC
870
Tim
e &
Dat
e
0712
IbC
ourie
r Cur
rent
0713
Tim
e St
amp
IEC
870
Tim
e &
Dat
e
0714
IcC
ourie
r Cur
rent
0715
Tim
e St
amp
IEC
870
Tim
e &
Dat
e
0716
DA
Y 2
MA
X D
EMA
ND
SAM
E A
S D
AY
1
07XX
DA
Y 3
MA
X D
EMA
ND
SAM
E A
S D
AY
1
07XX
DA
Y 4
MA
X D
EMA
ND
SAM
E A
S D
AY
1
07XX
DA
Y 5
MA
X D
EMA
ND
SAM
E A
S D
AY
1
07XX
DA
Y 6
MA
X D
EMA
ND
SAM
E A
S D
AY
1
07XX
DA
Y 7
MA
X D
EMA
ND
SAM
E A
S D
AY
1
0800
TARI
FF M
ETER
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 56 of 160
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
0801
Act
ive
Rate
Reg
iste
rsBi
nary
Fla
gs (8
)1
Rate
Reg
iste
r 1 A
ctiv
e (b
it-m
ask)
2Ra
te R
egis
ter 2
Act
ive
(bit-
mas
k)
4Ra
te R
egis
ter 3
Act
ive
(bit-
mas
k)
8Ra
te R
egis
ter 4
Act
ive
(bit-
mas
k)
16Ra
te R
egis
ter 5
Act
ive
(bit-
mas
k)
32Ra
te R
egis
ter 6
Act
ive
(bit-
mas
k)
64Ra
te R
egis
ter 7
Act
ive
(bit-
mas
k)
128
Rate
Reg
iste
r 8 A
ctiv
e (b
it-m
ask)
0802
Tarif
f Set
tings
Sta
tus
Inde
xed
Strin
g0
Setti
ngs
OK
1D
uplic
ate
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
s
2D
uplic
ate
Seas
on S
witc
hing
Eve
nts
3Sw
itch
to In
valid
Sea
son
4Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
s In
Sea
son
>48
0803
Rate
1U
nsig
ned
Inte
ger
(32)
0804
Rate
2U
nsig
ned
Inte
ger
(32)
0805
Rate
3U
nsig
ned
Inte
ger
(32)
0806
Rate
4U
nsig
ned
Inte
ger
(32)
0807
Rate
5U
nsig
ned
Inte
ger
(32)
0808
Rate
6U
nsig
ned
Inte
ger
(32)
0809
Rate
7U
nsig
ned
Inte
ger
(32)
080A
Rate
8U
nsig
ned
Inte
ger
(32)
0900
TOTA
L H
ARM
ON
IC D
ATA
0901
Van
THD
Cou
rier
Perc
enta
ge
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 57 of 160
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
0902
Vbn
THD
Cou
rier
Perc
enta
ge
0903
Vcn
THD
Cou
rier
Perc
enta
ge
0904
Vab
THD
Cou
rier
Perc
enta
ge
0905
Vbc
THD
Cou
rier
Perc
enta
ge
0906
Vca
THD
Cou
rier
Perc
enta
ge
0907
Ia T
HD
Cou
rier
Perc
enta
ge
0908
Ib T
HD
Cou
rier
Perc
enta
ge
0909
Ic T
HD
Cou
rier
Perc
enta
ge
0A00
PHA
SE V
OLT
AG
E H
ARM
ON
IC D
ATA
0A01
VA H
ARM
ON
IC D
ATA
0A02
2nd
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0A03
3rd
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0A04
4th
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0A05
5th
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0A06
6th
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0A07
7th
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0A08
8th
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0A09
9th
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0A0A
10th
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0A0B
11th
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0A0C
12th
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0A0D
13th
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0A0E
14th
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 58 of 160
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
0A0F
15th
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0A10
VB H
ARM
ON
IC D
ATA
SAM
E A
S VA
HA
RMO
NIC
DA
TA
0AXX
VC H
ARM
ON
IC D
ATA
SAM
E A
S VA
HA
RMO
NIC
DA
TA
0B00
LINE
VOLT
AG
E H
ARM
ON
IC D
ATA
0B01
VAB
HA
RMO
NIC
DA
TA
0B02
2nd
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0B03
3rd
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0B04
4th
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0B05
5th
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0B06
6th
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0B07
7th
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0B08
8th
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0B09
9th
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0B0A
10th
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0B0B
11th
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0B0C
12th
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0B0D
13th
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0B0E
14th
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0B0F
15th
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0B10
VBC
HA
RMO
NIC
DA
TASA
ME
AS
VAB
HA
RMO
NIC
DA
TA
0BXX
VCA
HA
RMO
NIC
DA
TASA
ME
AS
VAB
HA
RMO
NIC
DA
TA
0C00
PHA
SE C
URR
ENT
HA
RMO
NIC
DA
TA
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 59 of 160
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
0C01
IA H
ARM
ON
IC D
ATA
0C02
2nd
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0C03
3rd
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0C04
4th
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0C05
5th
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0C06
6th
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0C07
7th
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0C08
8th
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0C09
9th
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0C0A
10th
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0C0B
11th
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0C0C
12th
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0C0D
13th
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0C0E
14th
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0C0F
15th
Har
mon
icC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
tage
0C10
IB H
ARM
ON
IC D
ATA
SAM
E A
S IA
HA
RMO
NIC
DA
TA
0CXX
IC H
ARM
ON
IC D
ATA
SAM
E A
S IA
HA
RMO
NIC
DA
TA
1000
VIEW
REC
ORD
S
1001
No
of R
ecor
dsU
nsig
ned
Inte
ger
(16)
11,
2 A
larm
Rec
ords
.
1002
Reco
rd N
umbe
rU
nsig
ned
Inte
ger
(16)
1003
Tim
e St
amp
Uns
igne
d In
tege
r (1
6)
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 60 of 160
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
1004
ALA
RM E
VEN
T (d
epen
ds o
n Ev
ent T
ype)
Inde
xed
Stin
g0
Wat
chdo
g Ti
me-
Out
Res
et
1Se
rial C
omm
unic
atio
n C
ontro
ller C
hann
el A
Tes
t 1 F
ail
2Se
rial C
omm
unic
atio
n C
ontro
ller C
hann
el A
Tes
t 2 F
ail
3Se
rial C
omm
unic
atio
n C
ontro
ller C
hann
el B
Tes
t 1 F
ail
4Se
rial C
omm
unic
atio
n C
ontro
ller C
hann
el B
Tes
t 2 F
ail
5EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Im
med
iate
Set
tings
6EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Sys
tem
Mod
e Se
tting
s
7EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Dis
t Rec
Set
tings
8EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Com
ms
Setti
ngs
9EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Dem
and
Setti
ngs
10EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Ana
logu
e O
/P s
ettin
gs
11EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Rel
ay O
/P S
ettin
gs
12EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Opt
o I/
P Se
tting
s
13EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Set
poin
t Gp
1 Se
tting
s
14EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Set
poin
t Gp
2 Se
tting
s
15EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Set
poin
t Gp
3 Se
tting
s
16EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Set
poin
t Gp
4 Se
tting
s
17EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Tar
iff S
ettin
gs
18EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Met
erin
g D
ata
19EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Eve
nt R
ecor
ds
20EE
PRO
M E
rror
: LED
Sta
tus
21Re
al T
ime
Clo
ck Is
Inva
lid
22Re
al T
ime
Clo
ck Is
Inac
cura
te
23EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Ana
logu
e O
/P P
ort F
ail
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 61 of 160
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
24EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Con
figur
atio
n Se
tting
s
25EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Cal
ibra
tion
Valu
es
26Fr
eque
ncy
Trac
king
Fai
l
27En
ter W
avef
orm
Cap
ture
28Fr
eque
ncy
Trac
king
Res
tore
d
29Ex
it W
avef
orm
Cap
ture
30Re
al T
ime
Clo
ck S
et
31Pa
ssw
ord
(Lev
el 0
) acc
ess
32Pa
ssw
ord
(Lev
el 1
) acc
ess
33Pa
ssw
ord
(Lev
el 2
) acc
ess
1005
OU
TPU
T C
ON
TAC
T C
HA
NG
EBi
nary
Fla
gs (4
)1
Out
put 1
(bitm
ap)
2O
utpu
t 2 (b
itmap
)
4O
utpu
t 3 (b
itmap
)
8O
utpu
t 4 (b
itmap
)
1006
LOG
IC IN
PUT
CH
AN
GE
Bina
ry F
lags
(2)
1In
put 1
(bitm
ap)
2In
put 2
(bitm
ap)
1007
SETP
OIN
T EV
ENT
1008
Gro
upIn
dexe
d St
ring
0In
valid
Gro
up
1Se
tpoi
nt G
roup
1
2Se
tpoi
nt G
roup
2
3Se
tpoi
nt G
roup
3
4Se
tpoi
nt G
roup
4
1009
Elem
ent
Inde
xed
Strin
g0
Inva
lid E
lem
ent
1El
emen
t 1
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 62 of 160
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
2El
emen
t 2
3El
emen
t 3
4El
emen
t 4
5El
emen
t 5
6El
emen
t 6
7El
emen
t 7
8El
emen
t 8
100A
Para
met
erIn
dexe
d St
ring
0N
o In
put
1Fr
eque
ncy
2To
tal R
eal P
ower
3To
tal R
eact
ive
Pow
er
4To
tal A
ppar
ent P
ower
5To
tal P
ower
Fac
tor
6Im
port
Tota
l Wat
ts D
eman
d
7Ex
port
Tota
l Wat
ts D
eman
d
8Im
port
Tota
l VA
r Dem
and
9Ex
port
Tota
l VA
r Dem
and
10Po
sitiv
e To
tal V
A D
eman
d
11N
egat
ive
Tota
l VA
Dem
and
12To
tal P
ower
Fac
tor D
eman
d
13Ia
14Ib
15Ic
16In
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 63 of 160
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
17Ia
Dem
and
18Ib
Dem
and
19Ic
Dem
and
20Ia
TH
D
21Ib
TH
D
22Ic
TH
D
23IN
PS
24Va
n
25Vb
n
26Vc
n
27Va
b
28Vb
c
29Vc
a
30Va
n TH
D
31Vb
n TH
D
32Vc
n TH
D
33Va
b TH
D
34Vb
c TH
D
35Vc
a TH
D
36VN
PS
37dc
100B
Valu
eC
ourie
r Res
erve
d
100C
Low
/ H
igh
Inde
xed
Strin
g0
Low
Ala
rm
1H
igh
Ala
rm
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 64 of 160
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
100D
Rese
t / T
ripIn
dexe
d St
ring
0A
larm
Res
et
1A
larm
Trip
100E
Cle
ar A
ll Ev
ent R
ecor
dsIn
dexe
d St
ring
0N
o
1Ye
s - R
eset
s to
0
1100
DIS
TURB
AN
CE
REC
ORD
ER
1101
Reco
rder
Sta
tus
Inde
xed
Strin
g0
Stop
ped
1Tr
igge
red
2Ru
nnin
g
1102
Dat
a So
urce
Inde
xed
Strin
g0
AD
C S
ampl
es
1103
Sam
ples
per
cyc
leIn
dexe
d St
ring
024
148
1104
Reco
rd C
onfig
urat
ion
Inde
xed
Strin
g0
1 Re
cord
, 36
Cyc
les
12
Reco
rd, 1
8 C
ycle
s
23
Reco
rd, 1
2 C
ycle
s
34
Reco
rd, 9
Cyc
les
01
Reco
rd, 7
2 C
ycle
s
12
Reco
rd, 3
6 C
ycle
s
23
Reco
rd, 2
4 C
ycle
s
34
Reco
rd, 1
8 C
ycle
s
1105
Post
Trig
ger
Cyc
le: 3
6U
nsig
ned
Inte
ger
(32)
1106
Setp
oint
Trig
ger
Bina
ry F
lags
(32)
2exp
0G
roup
1, E
lem
ent 1
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 65 of 160
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
2 ex
p31
Gro
up 4
, Ele
men
t 8
1107
Opt
o In
put T
rigge
rBi
nary
Fla
gs (2
)2e
xp0
“Opt
o I/
P 1”
2exp
1“O
pto
I/P
2”
1108
Reco
rds
Stor
edU
nsig
ned
Inte
ger
(16)
11,
2 A
larm
Rec
ords
.
1109
Trig
ger D
istu
rban
ce R
ecor
der
Inde
xedS
tring
0N
o
1Ye
s - R
eset
s to
0
110A
Cle
ar W
ave
Cap
ture
& D
istu
rb R
ecor
dsIn
dexe
d St
ring
0N
o
1Ye
s - R
eset
s to
0
110B
Save
Set
tings
Inde
xed
Strin
g0
Setti
ngs
OK
1Se
tting
s C
hang
ed
2A
ccep
t New
Set
tings
3A
bort
Setti
ng C
hang
es
2000
CO
MM
S SE
TTIN
GS
2001
Mod
em C
ontro
lIn
dexe
d St
ring
0D
isab
led
1En
able
d
2002
Mod
bus
Add
ress
Uns
igne
d In
tege
r(16)
2003
Mod
bus
Baud
Rat
eIn
dexe
d St
ring
012
00
124
00
248
00
396
00
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 66 of 160
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
419
200
2004
Mod
bus
Fram
ing
Inde
xed
Strin
g0
1 sta
rt, 8
dat
a, n
o pa
rity,
1 s
top
11
start,
8 d
ata,
eve
n pa
rity,
1 s
top
bit
21
start,
8 d
ata,
odd
par
ity, 1
sto
p bi
t
2005
Cou
rier A
ddre
ssU
nsig
ned
Inte
ger(1
6)
2006
IEC
870
Baud
Rat
eIn
dexe
d St
ring
012
00
124
00
248
00
396
00
419
200
2007
IEC
870
Fram
ing
Inde
xed
Strin
g0
11 b
it
110
bit
2008
Save
Set
tings
Inde
xed
Strin
g0
Setti
ngs
OK
1Se
tting
s C
hang
ed
2A
ccep
t New
Set
tings
3A
bort
Setti
ng C
hang
es
2100
DEM
AN
D C
ALC
ULA
TIO
N
2101
Func
tion
Inde
xed
Strin
g0
Fixe
d W
indo
w
1Sl
idin
g W
indo
w
2Th
erm
al
2102
Dem
and
Subp
erio
ds (m
in)
Uns
igne
d In
tege
r (1
6)M
inut
es
2103
Dem
and
Perio
d (s
ubpe
riods
)U
nsig
ned
Inte
ger
(16)
Num
ber o
f Sub
perio
ds
2104
Save
Set
tings
Inde
xed
Strin
g0
Setti
ngs
OK
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 67 of 160
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
1Se
tting
s C
hang
ed
2A
ccep
t New
Set
tings
3A
bort
Setti
ng C
hang
es
2200
AN
ALO
GU
E O
UTP
UTS
2201
AN
ALO
GU
E O
UTP
UT
1
2202
Para
met
erIn
dexe
d St
ring
0D
isab
led
1Fr
eque
ncy
2To
tal R
eal P
ower
3To
tal R
eact
ive
Pow
er
4To
tal A
ppar
ent P
ower
5To
tal P
ower
Fac
tor
6Ia
7Ib
8Ic
9In
10Va
n
11Vb
n
12Vc
n
13Va
b
14Vb
c
15Vc
a
2203
Full
Scal
eC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
t%
2204
Slop
eIn
dexe
d St
ring
0Si
ngle
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 68 of 160
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
1D
ual
2205
X-Br
eakp
oint
Cou
rier
Perc
ent
%
2206
Y-Br
eakp
oint
Cou
rier
Perc
ent
%
2207
Span
Inde
xed
Strin
g0
0 ...
10
mA
Uni
-dire
ctio
nal i
/p
10
... 2
0 m
A U
ni-d
irect
iona
l i/p
24
... 2
0 m
A U
ni-d
irect
iona
l i/p
30
... 1
0 m
A B
i-dire
ctio
nal i
/p
40
... 2
0 m
A B
i-dire
ctio
nal i
/p
54
... 2
0 m
A B
i-dire
ctio
nal i
/p
2208
AN
ALO
GU
E O
UTP
UT
2
22xx
AN
ALO
GU
E O
UTP
UT
3
22xx
AN
ALO
GU
E O
UTP
UT
4
22xx
Save
Set
tings
Inde
xed
Strin
g0
Setti
ngs
OK
1Se
tting
s C
hang
ed
2A
ccep
t New
Set
tings
3A
bort
Setti
ng C
hang
es
2300
RELA
Y O
UTP
UTS
2301
OU
TPU
T 1
2302
Ass
ignm
ent
Inde
xed
Strin
g0
Dis
able
d
1Se
tpoi
nt G
roup
1
2Se
tpoi
nt G
roup
2
3Se
tpoi
nt G
roup
3
4Se
tpoi
nt G
roup
4
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 69 of 160
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
5Pu
lsed
Impo
rt To
tal k
Wh
6Pu
lsed
Expo
rt To
tal k
Wh
7Pu
lsed
Impo
rt To
tal k
varh
8Pu
lsed
Expo
rt To
tal k
varh
9W
atch
dog
2303
Labe
lA
scii
Text
14 C
hara
cter
s - “
Rela
y O
/P 1
”
2304
Def
ault
Stat
eIn
dexe
d St
ring
0N
orm
ally
Ope
n
1N
orm
ally
Clo
sed
2305
OU
TPU
T 2
2309
OU
TPU
T 3
230D
OU
TPU
T 4
2311
PULS
ED O
UTP
UTS
2312
Impo
rt kW
h
2313
Pulse
Dur
atio
nIn
dexe
d St
ring
010
0ms
120
0ms
240
0ms
2314
Pulse
Rat
e (p
ph)
Uns
igne
d In
tege
r (1
6)Pu
lses
per
hour
2315
Full
Scal
eC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
t%
2316
Expo
rt kW
h
231A
Impo
rt kv
arh
231E
Expo
rt kv
arh
2322
Save
Set
tings
Inde
xed
Strin
g0
Setti
ngs
OK
1Se
tting
s C
hang
ed
2A
ccep
t New
Set
tings
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 70 of 160
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
3A
bort
Setti
ng C
hang
es
2400
OPT
O IN
PUTS
2401
INPU
T 1
2402
Ass
ignm
ent
Inde
xed
Strin
g0
Dis
able
d
1D
eman
d Sy
nchr
onis
atio
n
2En
ergy
Syn
chro
nisa
tion
3D
eman
d an
d En
ergy
Syn
chro
nisa
tion
4Pu
lse C
ount
er
5C
lock
Syn
chro
nisa
tion
6Lo
gic
Leve
ls
2403
Labe
lA
scii
Text
14 C
hara
cter
s - “
Opt
o In
put 1
”
2404
INPU
T 2
2405
Ass
ignm
ent
Inde
xed
Strin
g
2406
Labe
lA
scii
Text
14 C
hara
cter
s - “
Opt
o In
put 2
”
2422
Save
Set
tings
Inde
xed
Strin
g0
Setti
ngs
OK
1Se
tting
s C
hang
ed
2A
ccep
t New
Set
tings
3A
bort
Setti
ng C
hang
es
2500
SETP
OIN
T G
ROU
P 1
2501
Del
ay (s
econ
ds)
Uns
igne
d In
tege
r (3
2)Se
cond
s
2502
ELEM
ENT
1
2503
Para
met
erIn
dexe
d St
ring
0D
isab
led
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 71 of 160
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
1Fr
eque
ncy
2To
tal R
eal P
ower
3To
tal R
eact
ive
Pow
er
4To
tal A
ppar
ent P
ower
5To
tal P
ower
Fac
tor
6Im
port
Tota
l Wat
ts D
eman
d
7Ex
port
Tota
l Wat
ts D
eman
d
8Im
port
Tota
l var
Dem
and
9Ex
port
Tota
l var
Dem
and
10Po
sitiv
e To
tal V
A D
eman
d
11N
egat
ive
Tota
l VA
Dem
and
12To
tal P
ower
Fac
tor D
eman
d
13Ia
14Ib
15Ic
16In
17Ia
Dem
and
18Ib
Dem
and
19Ic
Dem
and
20Ia
TH
D
21Ib
TH
D
22Ic
TH
D
23IN
PS
24Va
n
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 72 of 160
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
25Vb
n
26Vc
n
27Va
b
28Vb
c
29Vc
a
30Va
n TH
D
31Vb
n TH
D
32Vc
n TH
D
33Va
b TH
D
34Vb
c TH
D
35Vc
a TH
D
36VN
PS
37dc
2504
Hig
h Se
tC
ourie
r Pe
rcen
t
2505
Low
Set
Cou
rier
Perc
ent
2506
ELEM
ENT
2
250A
ELEM
ENT
3
250E
ELEM
ENT
4
2512
ELEM
ENT
5
2516
ELEM
ENT
6
251A
ELEM
ENT
7
251E
ELEM
ENT
8
2522
Save
Set
tings
Inde
xed
Strin
g0
Setti
ngs
OK
1Se
tting
s C
hang
ed
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 73 of 160
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
2A
ccep
t New
Set
tings
3A
bort
Setti
ng C
hang
es
2600
SETP
OIN
T G
ROU
P 2
2700
SETP
OIN
T G
ROU
P 3
2800
SETP
OIN
T G
ROU
P 4
3000
TARI
FF -
RATE
SW
ITC
HIN
G E
VEN
TS 1
- 12
3001
EVEN
T 1
3002
Act
ivat
ion
Day
Inde
xed
Strin
g0
Dis
able
d
1 to
7M
onda
y...S
unda
y
3003
Act
ivat
ion
Hou
rU
nsig
ned
Inte
ger
(16)
Hou
r
3004
Act
ivat
ion
Min
ute
Uns
igne
d In
tege
r (1
6)M
inut
e
3005
Act
ive
Rate
sBi
nary
Fla
gs (8
)1
Rate
Reg
iste
r 0
2Ra
te R
egis
ter 1
4Ra
te R
egis
ter 2
8Ra
te R
egis
ter 3
16Ra
te R
egis
ter 4
32Ra
te R
egis
ter 5
64Ra
te R
egis
ter 6
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 74 of 160
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
128
Rate
Reg
iste
r 7
3006
EVEN
T 2
300B
EVEN
T 3
3010
EVEN
T 4
3015
EVEN
T 5
301A
EVEN
T 6
301F
EVEN
T 7
3024
EVEN
T 8
3029
EVEN
T 9
302E
EVEN
T 10
3033
EVEN
T 11
3038
EVEN
T 12
3100
TARI
FF -
RATE
SW
ITC
HIN
G E
VEN
TS 1
3 - 2
4
3101
EVEN
T 13
3106
EVEN
T 14
310B
EVEN
T 15
3110
EVEN
T 16
3115
EVEN
T 17
311A
EVEN
T 18
311F
EVEN
T 19
3124
EVEN
T 20
3129
EVEN
T 21
312E
EVEN
T 22
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 75 of 160
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
3133
EVEN
T 23
3138
EVEN
T 24
3200
TARI
FF -
RATE
SW
ITC
HIN
G E
VEN
TS 2
5 - 3
6
3201
EVEN
T 25
3206
EVEN
T 26
320B
EVEN
T 27
3210
EVEN
T 28
3215
EVEN
T 29
321A
EVEN
T 30
321F
EVEN
T 31
3224
EVEN
T 32
3229
EVEN
T 33
322E
EVEN
T 34
3233
EVEN
T 35
3238
EVEN
T 36
3300
TARI
FF -
RATE
SW
ITC
HIN
G E
VEN
TS 3
7 - 4
8
3301
EVEN
T 37
3306
EVEN
T 38
330B
EVEN
T 39
3310
EVEN
T 40
3315
EVEN
T 41
331A
EVEN
T 42
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 76 of 160
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
331F
EVEN
T 43
3324
EVEN
T 44
3329
EVEN
T 45
332E
EVEN
T 46
3333
EVEN
T 47
3338
EVEN
T 48
3400
TARI
FF -
SEA
SON
SW
ITC
HIN
G E
VEN
TS
3401
EVEN
T 1
3402
Mon
thIn
dexe
d St
ring
0D
isab
led
1 to
12
Janu
ary.
..Dec
embe
r
3403
Day
of M
onth
Uns
igne
d In
tege
r (1
6)
3404
New
Sea
son
Uns
igne
d In
tege
r (1
6)
3405
EVEN
T 2
3409
EVEN
T 3
340D
EVEN
T 4
3411
EVEN
T 5
3415
EVEN
T 6
3419
EVEN
T 7
341D
EVEN
T 8
3421
EVEN
T 9
3425
EVEN
T 10
3429
EVEN
T 11
342D
EVEN
T 12
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 77 of 160
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
3500
TARI
FF -
SWIT
CH
ING
EVE
NTS
IN S
EASO
N
3501
Seas
on 1
Uns
igne
d In
tege
r (1
6)N
umbe
r of S
witc
hing
Eve
nts
3502
Seas
on 2
Uns
igne
d In
tege
r (1
6)N
umbe
r of S
witc
hing
Eve
nts
3503
Seas
on 3
Uns
igne
d In
tege
r (1
6)N
umbe
r of S
witc
hing
Eve
nts
3504
Seas
on 4
Uns
igne
d In
tege
r (1
6)N
umbe
r of S
witc
hing
Eve
nts
3505
Seas
on 5
Uns
igne
d In
tege
r (1
6)N
umbe
r of S
witc
hing
Eve
nts
3506
Seas
on 6
Uns
igne
d In
tege
r (1
6)N
umbe
r of S
witc
hing
Eve
nts
3507
Seas
on 7
Uns
igne
d In
tege
r (1
6)N
umbe
r of S
witc
hing
Eve
nts
3508
Seas
on 8
Uns
igne
d In
tege
r (1
6)N
umbe
r of S
witc
hing
Eve
nts
3509
Seas
on 9
Uns
igne
d In
tege
r (1
6)N
umbe
r of S
witc
hing
Eve
nts
350A
Seas
on 1
0U
nsig
ned
Inte
ger
(16)
Num
ber o
f Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
s
350B
Seas
on 1
1U
nsig
ned
Inte
ger
(16)
Num
ber o
f Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
s
350C
Seas
on 1
2U
nsig
ned
Inte
ger
(16)
Num
ber o
f Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
s
3600
TARI
FF -
FIXE
D D
AY
EXC
LUSI
ON
S
3601
EXC
LUSI
ON
1
3602
Wee
kIn
dexe
d St
ring
0D
isab
led
1 to
52
Wee
k N
umbe
r
3603
Day
Inde
xed
Strin
g0
to 6
Mon
day
to S
unda
y
3604
Seas
on T
o U
seU
nsig
ned
Inte
ger
(16)
3605
Day
To
Use
Inde
xed
Strin
g0
to 6
Mon
day
to S
unda
y
3606
EXC
LUSI
ON
2
360B
EXC
LUSI
ON
3
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 78 of 160
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
3610
EXC
LUSI
ON
4
3615
EXC
LUSI
ON
5
361A
EXC
LUSI
ON
6
361F
EXC
LUSI
ON
7
3624
EXC
LUSI
ON
8
3700
TARI
FF -
FIXE
D D
ATE
EXC
LUSI
ON
S
3701
EXC
LUSI
ON
1
3702
Mon
thIn
dexe
d St
ring
0D
isab
led
1 to
12
Janu
ary
to D
ecem
ber
3703
Day
Of M
onth
Uns
igne
d In
tege
r (1
6)
3704
Seas
on T
o U
seU
nsig
ned
Inte
ger
(16)
3705
Day
To
Use
Inde
xed
Strin
g0
to 6
Mon
day.
..Sun
day
3706
EXC
LUSI
ON
2
370B
EXC
LUSI
ON
3
3710
EXC
LUSI
ON
4
3715
EXC
LUSI
ON
5
371A
EXC
LUSI
ON
6
371F
EXC
LUSI
ON
7
3724
EXC
LUSI
ON
8
3800
TARI
FF R
ATE
REG
ISTE
R C
ON
FIG
URA
TIO
N
3801
Rate
Reg
iste
r 1In
dexe
d St
ring
0D
isab
led
1Im
port
Wat
ts
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 79 of 160
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
2Ex
port
Wat
ts
3Im
port
vars
4Ex
port
vars
3802
Rate
Reg
iste
r 2In
dexe
d St
ring
3803
Rate
Reg
iste
r 3In
dexe
d St
ring
3804
Rate
Reg
iste
r 4In
dexe
d St
ring
3805
Rate
Reg
iste
r 5In
dexe
d St
ring
3806
Rate
Reg
iste
r 6In
dexe
d St
ring
3807
Rate
Reg
iste
r 7In
dexe
d St
ring
3808
Rate
Reg
iste
r 8In
dexe
d St
ring
3900
TARI
FF -
SAVE
/ABO
RT F
AM
ILY S
ETTI
NG
S
3901
Save
Set
tings
Inde
xed
Strin
g0
Setti
ngs
OK
1Se
tting
s C
hang
ed
2A
ccep
t New
Set
tings
3A
bort
Setti
ng C
hang
es
4000
DIS
TURB
AN
CE
REC
ORD
S
4001
Reco
rd N
umbe
rU
nsig
ned
Inte
ger
(16)
4002
Trig
ger T
ime
IEC
Tim
e &
Dat
eD
istu
rban
ce R
ecor
d Ti
me
Stam
p
4003
Cha
nnel
s A
vaila
ble
Bina
ry F
lags
(10)
Ava
ilabl
e C
hann
els
in D
istu
rban
ce R
ecor
d
4004
Cha
nnel
Typ
eBi
nary
Fla
gs (1
0)C
hann
el T
ype
(Ana
logu
e /
Dig
ital)
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 80 of 160
Col
Row
Men
u Te
xtD
ata
Type
Ind
Valu
esC
ell F
orm
at S
tring
with
def
ault
valu
e
4005
Cha
nnel
Offs
etC
ourie
r Res
erve
dD
ata
offs
et fo
r Ana
log
Cha
nnel
s
4006
Cha
nnel
Sca
ling
Cou
rier R
eser
ved
Ana
logu
e C
hann
el S
calin
g Fa
ctor
s
4010
Reco
rd L
engt
hSi
gned
Inte
ger (
16)
Num
ber o
f sam
ples
in R
ecor
d
4011
Trig
ger P
ositi
onSi
gned
Inte
ger (
16)
Sam
ple
num
ber w
hen
trigg
er o
ccur
red
4012
Tim
e Ba
seC
ourie
r Sec
onds
Rela
tive
to R
eal-T
ime
conv
ersi
on fa
ctor
4014
Upl
oad
Tim
er C
hann
elU
nsig
ned
Inte
ger
(16)
Tim
er C
hann
el d
ata
(Pac
ked
data
of [
Reco
rd L
engt
h] )
4020
Upl
oad
Cha
nnel
1In
tege
r (1
6)C
hann
el d
ata
- (P
acke
d da
ta o
f [Re
cord
Len
gth]
)
4021
Upl
oad
Cha
nnel
2In
tege
r (1
6)C
hann
el d
ata
- (P
acke
d da
ta o
f [Re
cord
Len
gth]
)
4022
Upl
oad
Cha
nnel
3In
tege
r (1
6)C
hann
el d
ata
- (P
acke
d da
ta o
f [Re
cord
Len
gth]
)
4023
Upl
oad
Cha
nnel
4In
tege
r (1
6)C
hann
el d
ata
- (P
acke
d da
ta o
f [Re
cord
Len
gth]
)
4024
Upl
oad
Cha
nnel
5In
tege
r (1
6)C
hann
el d
ata
- (P
acke
d da
ta o
f [Re
cord
Len
gth]
)
4025
Upl
oad
Cha
nnel
6In
tege
r (1
6)C
hann
el d
ata
- (P
acke
d da
ta o
f [Re
cord
Len
gth]
)
4026
Upl
oad
Cha
nnel
7In
tege
r (1
6)C
hann
el d
ata
- (P
acke
d da
ta o
f [Re
cord
Len
gth]
)
4027
Upl
oad
Cha
nnel
8In
tege
r (1
6)C
hann
el d
ata
- (P
acke
d da
ta o
f [Re
cord
Len
gth]
)
4028
Upl
oad
Cha
nnel
9In
tege
r (1
6)C
hann
el d
ata
- (P
acke
d da
ta o
f [Re
cord
Len
gth]
)
4029
Upl
oad
Cha
nnel
10
Inte
ger
(16)
Cha
nnel
dat
a -
(Pac
ked
data
of [
Reco
rd L
engt
h] )
BF00
CO
MM
UN
ICA
TIO
N S
YSTE
M D
ATA
BF01
Dis
turb
ance
Rec
ord
Con
trol R
efer
ence
Men
u C
ell D
ata
BF02
Dis
turb
ance
Rec
ord
Extra
ctio
n Re
fere
nce
Men
u C
ell D
ata
BF03
Setti
ng T
rans
fer
Inde
xed
Strin
g0
Nor
mal
1Tr
ansf
er
BF04
Rese
t Dem
and
Tim
ers
Uns
igne
d In
tege
r(16)
BF05
Rese
t Eve
nt R
ecor
dsU
nsig
ned
Inte
ger(1
6)
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 81 of 160
Section 3. MODBUS SCADA INFORMATION
3.1 ModBus protocol
The M300 implements a subset of the AEG Modicon ModBus RTU serialcommunications standard. ModBus is a single master multiple slave protocolsuitable for a multi-drop configuration as provided by the RS485 connection. Up to32 devices can be connected in this way.
3.2 Transactions
Communication will operate on a master-slave basis where only one device (themaster) can initiate transactions called ‘Requests’. The other devices (slaves)respond by supplying the requested data to the master. This is called the ‘Request -Response Cycle’.
Master to slave request
Device address Function Code nx8 bit data bytes Error check
Slave to master response
Device address Function Code nx8 bit data bytes Error check
3.2.1 Request
This master to slave transaction takes the form:
Device address: master addressing a slave
Function code eg. 03 asks the slave to read its registers and respond with theircontents.
Data bytes: tells the slave which register to start at and how many registers toread.
3.2.2 Response
This slave to master transaction takes the form:
Device address: to let the master know which slave is responding.
Function code: this is an echo of the request function code.
Data bytes: contains the data collected from the slave.
3.2.3 Request-response cycle example
Ιa 160 A
Data type is 32 bit float 43 20 00 00
Data held in ModBus addresses 30466 & 30467
3.2.3.1 Request frame
Starting Register Register Count
Address Function Code HI LO HI LO
01 03 04 66 00 02
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 82 of 160
3.2.3.2 Response frame
Register Data
Address Function Code Byte Count HI LO HI LO
01 03 04 43 20 00 00
3.3 Framing
There are two types of message framing for the serial communications, ASCII orRTU. The Measurement Centre will only support RTU framing.
3.3.1 RTU framing
In RTU mode, messages start and end with a silent interval of at least 3.5 charactertimes (t1-t2-t3-t4 as shown below).
The advantage of this mode of framing is that it enables a greater characterdensity and a better data throughput. However, each message must be transmittedin a continuous stream. If a silent interval of more than 1.5 character times occursbefore completion of the frame, the device flushes the incomplete message andassumes that the next byte will be the address field of a new message.
Start Address Function Data CRC Check End
t1-t2-t3-t4 8 bits 8 bits n x 8 bits 16 bits t1-t2-t3-t4
The Cyclical Redundancy Check (CRC) field is two bytes, containing a 16 bitbinary value. The CRC value is calculated by the transmitting device, whichappends the CRC to the message. The receiving device recalculates a CRC duringreceipt of the message, and compares the calculated value to the actual value itreceived in the CRC field. If the two values are not equal an error results. The CRC-16 calculation is an industry standard method used for error detection.
One frame is transmitted as 1 start bit, 8 data bits and 1 stop bits. If parity isselected then the frame is transmitted as 1 start bit, 8 data bits, 1 parity bit and 1stop bit.
Where n > 1 data is transmitted most significant byte first.
The CRC check is transmitted least significant byte first.
3.4 Supported functions and usage
Code Function References
03 to read from holding registers (4XXXX memory references)
04 to read from input registers (3XXXX memory references)
06 to write to a single holding register (4XXXX memory references)
16 to write to one or more holding registers (4XXXX memory references)
07 to read the exception status (alarm status, exceptional error, OOS)
08 to test communications (loop-back test)
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 83 of 160
3.5 Register map
The ModBus register map consists of the following columns:
Code, Address, Contents, Data type, Indicator, Values, Conditional, Register type,Min, Max., Step, Passcode.
3.5.1 Code
Function codes as described above.
3.5.2 Address
16 bit register address starting from zero. Most ModBus master devices add40001 decimal to the actual address of the register.
3.5.3 Contents
Description of parameters assigned to registers.
3.5.4 Data type
UNSIGNED INTEGER range 0...65535 one 16 bit register
32 BIT IEEE FLOAT range ±1.2 x 10-38 to ±3.4 x 1038 two consecutive16 bit registers (most significant word occupies lowestaddressed register)
ASCII TEXT range 32...159 16 bit registers(two ASCII codes per register)
BINARY FLAGS Each bit of a 16 bit register can be used as a binary flag.
3.5.5 Indicator
Each bit of a 16 bit register can be either assigned as flags or filled with binarydata.
3.5.6 Values
Definitions of settings and data values.
3.5.7 Conditional
Lists any dependencies that exist between settings.
3.5.8 Register type
Declares whether a register is to be a read/write register (setting) or a readregister (data).
3.5.9 Min, Max., Step
The minimum and maximum numerical range and the incremental step size.
3.5.10 Passcode
There is a numerical passcode that allows save/abort settings and a factoryaccessible passcode constructed from the serial number that allows entry/exit toand from the calibration and configuration settings.
3.6 Error responses
When a slave detects an error other than a CRC error, a response will be sent tothe master. The most significant bit of the function code byte will be set to 1 (ie. thefunction code sent from the slave will be equal to the function code sent from themaster plus 128). The following byte will be an exception code indicating the typeof error that occurred.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 84 of 160
Transmissions received from the master with CRC errors will be ignored by theslave. The number of re-tries needs to be set in the master station software.
An example of an illegal request and the corresponding exception response isshown below. The request in this example is to read registers 0201H to 0209H. Ifthese addresses are not supported in the slave then the following occurs:
3.6.1 Request message
Starting Register Register Count
Address Function Code HI LO HI LO CRC
01 01 02 01 00 08 6D B4
3.6.2 Exception response message
Address Function Code Exception Code CRC
01 81 02 C1 91
3.7 Exception codes
Code Name Meaning
01 ILLEGAL FUNCTION The function code transmitted is not one of the
functions supported by the slave.
02 ILLEGAL DATA ADDRESS The data address received in the request is not an
allowable value for the slave
03 ILLEGAL DATA VALUE The value referenced in the data field transmitted bythe master is not within range for the selected dataaddress
06 SLAVE DEVICE BUSY The slave is engaged in processing a long-durationprogram command. The master should re-transmit the
message later when the slave is free
3.8 Event and disturbance record extraction procedures
3.8.1 Event record extraction
To read an event record, the user must first check that there are event recordsstored in the unit. Register-30035 indicates the total number of event recordsstored. The unit can store up to 100 event records.
If there are event records, then set register 40571 to the record number of therecord the user wants to read. The limits of this register are dependent on thenumber of records currently stored in the unit. Record number 0 always displaysthe latest record, and 1 the next previous record and so on. If there are no recordsstored then register 40571 is not available.
After register 40571 has been set, the contents of the record are available in thefollowing registers:
Register 30036: Event type of the event.
There are four types of event records.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 85 of 160
If the event type is 0 - Alarm event, then the following registers contain the recordinformation:
Register 30037: Time stamp
Register 30043: Alarm type
Note: Other registers not listed above within the range 30043 ... 30052 are notavailable.
If the event type is 1-Setpoint event, then the following registers contain the recordinformation:
Register 30037: Time stamp
Register 30046: Setpoint group
Register 30047: Setpoint element
Register 30046: Setpoint parameter
Register 30049 /30050: Setpoint value when the setpoint
exceeded alarm threshold.Register 30051: Setpoint level indicates whether the
setpoint is operated on the high or low alarm.
Register 30052: Setpoint trip/reset indicates whether therecord is logged during the setpoint trip or resetoperation.
Note: Other registers not listed above within the range 30043 ... 30052 are notavailable.
If the event type is 2-Output contact change, then the following registers containthe record information:
Register 30044: The first 4 bits represent the status of the 4 relay outputs of theunit. Logical ‘1’ means that the output has ‘operated’. However, it does not meanthat the contact has ‘closed’ or ‘opened’. The actual state of the contacts dependson the setting ‘Relay # Default State’. The unit logs this type of event only when thesetting ‘Relay # Assignment’ is set to Setpoint or Watchdog.
Note: Other registers not listed above within the range 30043 ... 30052 are notavailable.
If the event type is 3 - Opto input change, then the following registers contain therecord information:
Register 30045: The first 2 bits represent the status of the 2 opto inputs ofthe unit. Logical ‘1’ means the opto is ‘ON’. The unitlogs this type of events only when the setting ‘Opto Input# Configuration’ is set to Logic Level.
Note: Other registers not listed above within the range 30043 - 30052 are notavailable.
3.8.2 Disturbance record extraction
To read a disturbance or a waveform analysis record, the user must first check thatthere are records available by reading the register 30054 which gives the totalnumber of records stored in the unit. The unit can store 1 waveform analysis recordand up to 4 disturbance records depending on the setting ‘Record Configuration’.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 86 of 160
Register 30054 gives the total number of records stored in the unit including bothdisturbance and waveform analysis records.
Then set the register 40567 to determine the type of record you want to read. ‘0’is to read waveform analysis record, and ‘1’ disturbance record. If the disturbancerecord is selected, the register 40568 must be set to select the record number.Record number 0 selects the latest, and 1 the previous one, and so on.
Register 40568 is not available if the waveform analysis is selected because thereis only one waveform analysis record.
Registers 30055 ... 30067 contain information about the record to be extracted.
Register 30055 ... 30060: Time stamp of the record
Register 30061: Available channels. The unit can stored up to 10channels of data. The total number of bits setindicates the number of channels stored in therecord.
Register 30062: Channel types. Indicates whether the valid channelshown in register 30061 is an analogue or digitalchannel.
Register 30063: Total number of samples stored per channel.
Register 30065: Number of samples of the selected page which is setvia register 40570.
Register 30066: Trigger position of the record.
Register 30067: Time base. A scaling factor used to convert thesamples of timer channel (channel 0) to a real timevalue in seconds.
Register 30068to30081: Individual scaling factor per analogue channel. It is
used to multiply with the samples read from thecorresponding analogue channel.
Register 30082to 30151: Analogue channel names.
Register 30152to 30389: Digital channel names.
The data of a record is extracted on a per channel basis. First select the channel tobe read by setting register 40569 to the correct channel number. Channel number0 is the timer channel which is excluded from bit value shown in register 30061,Available Channels (it is always there). Channel number 1 is bit-0 (right to left)shown in Available Channels and so on.
Each channel of data is extracted on per page basis. The total number of pages ofa selected channel is shown by register 30064. Each page can contain up to 64samples of data. To read a page of data, first set register 40570 to the requiredpage number, and from the value read back from register 30065 determine thenumber of samples available in the page. The availability of registers 30390 ...30453 depends on the number of samples of the selected page.
The information presented in the Disturbance/Waveform Analysis Menu issufficient to construct a record based on the COMTRADE format (bothCOMTRADE: 1991 and COMTRADE: 1996 specifications are supported).
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 87 of 160
3.9 ModBus data types
Registers defined in the ModBus database will define data as one of the data typesdescribed in the following table:
Type Value /Bit Mask Description
T1 Unsigned Value
Example: 12345 stored as 12345
T2 Unsigned Value, 1 decimal place
Example: 1234.5 stored as 12345
T3 Unsigned Value, 2 decimal places
Example: 123.45 stored as 12345
T4 Unsigned Value, 3 decimal places
Example: 12.345 stored as 12345
T5 2’s Compliment Signed Value
Example: -12345 stored as -12345
T6 2’s Compliment Signed Value, 1 decimal place
Example: -1234.5 stored as -12345
T7 2’s Compliment Signed Value, 2 decimal places
Example: -123.45 stored as -12345
T8 2’s Compliment Signed Value, 3 decimal places
Example: -12.345 stored as -12345
T9 Unsigned Long Value (32 bits)
High order word of long value stored in 1st 16 bits
Low order word of long value stored in 2nd 16 bits
Example: 1234567890 stored as 1234567890
T10 Unsigned Long Value, 2 decimal place (32 bits)
High order word of long value stored in 1st 16 bits
Low order word of long value stored in 2nd 16 bits
Example: 12345678.90 stored as 1234567890
T11 Unsigned Long Value, 3 decimal place (32 bits)
High order word of long value stored in 1st 16 bits
Low order word of long value stored in 2nd 16 bits
Example: 1234567.890 stored as 1234567890
T12 Unsigned Long Value, 4 decimal places (32 bits)
High order word of long value stored in 1st 16 bits
Low order word of long value stored in 2nd 16 bits
Example: 123456.7890 stored as 1234567890
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 88 of 160
Type Value /Bit Mask Description
T13 Unsigned Long Value, 5 decimal place (32 bits)
High order word of long value stored in 1st 16 bits
Low order word of long value stored in 2nd 16 bits
Example: 12345.67890 stored as 1234567890
T14 2’s Compliment Signed Long Value (32 bits)
High order word of long value stored in 1st 16 bits
Low order word of long value stored in 2nd 16 bits
Example: -1234567890 stored as -1234567890
T15 2’s Compliment Signed Long Value, 2 decimal place(32 bits)
High order word of long value stored in 1st 16 bits
Low order word of long value stored in 2nd 16 bits
Example: -12345678.90 stored as -1234567890
T16 2’s Compliment Signed Long Value, 3 decimal place(32 bits)
High order word of long value stored in 1st 16 bits
Low order word of long value stored in 2nd 16 bits
Example: -1234567.890 stored as -1234567890
T17 2’s Compliment Signed Long Value, 4 decimal place(32 bits)
High order word of long value stored in 1st 16 bits
Low order word of long value stored in 2nd 16 bits
Example: -123456.7890 stored as -1234567890
T18 2’s Compliment Signed Long Value, 8 decimal place(32 bits)
High order word of long value stored in 1st 16 bits
Low order word of long value stored in 2nd 16 bits
Example: -12.34567890 stored as -1234567890
T19 System Time and Date
m7..m0 Milliseconds (0)
m15..m8
IV + I5..I0 Minutes (0-59) + Invalid Time (80hex)
H4..H0 Hours (0-23)
W2..W0 + D4..D0 Day of Week (1-7) + Day of month (1-31)
M3..M0 Month of year (1-12)
Y6..Y0 Year of century (00-99)
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 89 of 160
Type Value /Bit Mask Description
T20 Energy RegisterThe format of this data register will depend on whetherModBus display mode is selected to show primary orsecondary values.
T9 for Primary values. Base unit kWh.
T11 for Secondary values. Base unit Wh
T21 Power RegisterThe format of this data register will depend on whetherModBus Display Mode is selected to show primary orsecondary values.
T10 for Primary values. Base unit kW.
T13 for Secondary values. Base unit W.
T22 Text String (14 characters)
Two characters per 16 bit register.
T23 Text String (7 characters)
Two characters per 16 bit register.
T24 Text String (6 characters)
Two characters per 16 bit register.
T25 Text String (4 characters)
Two characters per 16 bit register.
T26 Setpoint Parameter
Written and read as a type T1, the data will also bevalidated according to current connection mode. Somesetting values although within range and step size, maybe invalid because the setpoint measurand is invisible.
T27 Output Parameter
Written and read as a type T1, the data will also bevalidated according to current connection mode. Somesetting values, although within range and step size,may be invalid because the output measurand isinvisible.
T28 Output Current Setting
Written and read as a type T1, the data will also bevalidated according to the output slope setting. Somesetting values, although within data range and stepsize, may be invalid due to the current slope setting.
T29 User Password
Data is written as a 4 character User password. Twocharacters per 16 bit register.
T30 Factory Password
Data is written as a 6 character Factory password. Twocharacters per 16 bit register.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 90 of 160
Type Value /Bit Mask Description
T31 Calibration Commands
Write only data is written as T1 and interpreted ascalibration commands.
T32 Factory Commands
Write only data is written as T1 and interpreted asfactory commands.
T33 Operator Commands
Write only data is written as T1 and interpreted asoperator commands.
T34 Waveform Capture Commands
Write only data is written as T1 and interpreted aswaveform capture commands.
T35 Reset Commands
Write only data is written as T1 and interpreted as resetcommands.
T36 Event Record Index
Data is written as T1 and a corresponding event recordis obtained.
T37 Select Record Type
A record is accessed via reading samples stored ineach available channel, and the samples are accessedvia the sample pages. Data is written as T1 and thesample data page is refreshed with sample registersaccording to the page function.
T38 Time StampRead only data indicating the system time at theoccurrence of a particular event.
m7..m0 Milliseconds (0-59990)
m15..m8
IV + I5..I0 Minutes (0-59) + Invalid Time (80hex)
H4..H0 Hours (0-23)
W2..W0 + D4..D0 Day of Week (1-7) + Day of month (1-31)
M3..M0 Month of year (1-12)
Y6..Y0 Year of century (00-99)
T39 VoltageThe read only voltage value indicated will depend onwhether ModBus Display Mode is selected to showprimary or secondary values. Data will be scaled by VTin Primary mode. Data will be formatted as T10 (Baseunit volts) and T11 (Base unit volts) for the primary andsecondary display modes respectively.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 91 of 160
Type Value /Bit Mask Description
T40 CurrentThe read only current value indicated will depend onwhether ModBus Display Mode is selected to showprimary or secondary values. Data will be scaled by CTin primary mode. Data will be formatted as T10(Baseunit amps) and T11 (Base unit amps) for the primaryand secondary display modes respectively.
T41 Sample Page RegisterThe read only sample page register will be determined,using other related settings as reference. The value willbe read as T5.
T42 Disturbance Record IndexThis setting will cause a disturbance record to berepresented in the Sample Page Registers. The valuewill be written and read as T1.
T43 Text String (20 characters)Two characters per 16 bit register.
T44 Number Of Event RecordsThe read only value will be determined from the eventrecorder data. The value will be read as T1.
T45 Number Of Disturbance RecordsThe read only value will be determined from thedisturbance recorder data. The value will be read asT1.
T46 Disturbance Recorder StatusThe read only value will be determined from thedisturbance recorder data. The value will be read asT1.
T47 Active Rate RegistersThe read only value will be determined from the rateregister data. The value will be read as T1.
T48 Number of Samples in Sample PageThe read only value will be determined from thecurrently selected disturbance record or waveformanalysis data. The value will be read as T1.
T49 Disturbance Record InformationThe read only value will be determined from the currentdisturbance record information. The value will be readas T1.
T50 Disturbance Record Scaling FactorsThe read only value will be determined from the currentdisturbance record. The value will be read as T18.
T51 Disturbance Record Channel NamesThe read only value will be determined from the currentdisturbance record. The value will be read as T22.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 92 of 160
Type Value /Bit Mask Description
T52 Disturbance Record Trigger TimeThe read only value will be determined from the currentdisturbance record. The value will be read as T38.
T53 Time Into PeriodThe read only value will be obtained from the Real TimeClock and Calendar. The value will be read as T1.
T54 Text String (15 characters)Two characters per 16 bit register.
T55 Disturbance Record Select Channel NumberThe total number of channels is determined by the bitsset in Available Channels plus one timer channel.Settings are from 0 up to the (total number of channels -1). Channel number 0 is always the timer channel,and channel 1 is the first bit set in the AvailableChannels starting from left to right. The value will bewritten and read as T1.
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 93 of 160
3.1
0M
odBus
data
base
map
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
3000
1 m
emor
y re
f
SYST
EM D
ATA
0430
001
3000
8M
odel
Num
ber
“T54
”D
ata
0
0430
009
3001
2Se
rial N
umbe
r“T
23”
Dat
a0
0430
013
3001
9So
ftwar
e Re
f 1“T
22”
Dat
a0
0430
020
3002
6So
ftwar
e Re
f 2“T
22”
Dat
a0
0430
027
Fitte
d H
ardw
are
“ T1
”0
Basi
c0
1Ba
sic
+ 4
Rela
y O
utpu
ts +
2 O
pto
Inpu
ts
2Ba
sic
+ 4
Ana
logu
e O
utpu
ts +
d.c.
mill
ivol
t Inp
ut
3Ba
sic
+ 4
Rela
y O
utpu
ts +
2 O
pto
Inpu
ts +
4 A
nalo
gue
Out
puts
+ d.
c. m
illiv
olt I
nput
0430
028
Opt
o In
put S
tatu
s“
T1”
Bit-0
Opt
o 1
Stat
usD
ata
0
Bit-1
Opt
o 2
Stat
us
0430
029
Rela
y O
utpu
t Sta
tus
“ T1
”Bi
t-0Re
lay
1 St
atus
Dat
a0
Bit-1
Rela
y 2
Stat
us
Bit-2
Rela
y 3
Stat
us
Bit-3
Rela
y 4
Stat
us
0430
030
3003
1A
larm
Sta
tus
“ T9
”Bi
t-0W
atch
dog
Tim
eout
Tes
t Fai
lD
ata
0
Bit-1
Com
ms
Cha
nnel
A T
est 1
Fai
l
Bit-2
Com
ms
Cha
nnel
A T
est 2
Fai
l
Bit-3
Com
ms
Cha
nnel
B T
est 1
Fai
l
Bit-4
Com
ms
Cha
nnel
B T
est 2
Fai
l
Bit-5
EEPR
OM
Err
or: I
mm
edia
te s
ettin
gs
Bit-6
EEPR
OM
Err
or: S
yste
m M
odes
set
tings
Bit-7
EEPR
OM
Err
or: D
istu
rban
ce R
ecor
der s
ettin
gs
Bit-8
EEPR
OM
Err
or: C
omm
unic
atio
ns s
ettin
gs
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 94 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
Bit-9
EEPR
OM
Err
or: D
eman
d se
tting
s
Bit-1
0EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Ana
logu
e O
utpu
t set
tings
Bit-1
1EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Rel
ay O
utpu
t set
tings
Bit-1
2EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Opt
o In
put s
ettin
gs
Bit-1
3EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Ala
rm G
roup
1 s
ettin
gs
Bit-1
4EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Ala
rm G
roup
2 s
ettin
gs
Bit-1
5EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Ala
rm G
roup
3 s
ettin
gs
Bit-1
6EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Ala
rm G
roup
4 s
ettin
gs
Bit-1
7EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Tar
iff s
ettin
gs
Bit-1
8EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Met
erin
g D
ata
Bit-1
9EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Eve
nt R
ecor
ds
Bit-2
0EE
PRO
M E
rror
: LED
Sta
tus
Bit-2
1Re
al T
ime
Clo
ck Is
Inva
lid
Bit-2
2Re
al T
ime
Clo
ck Is
Inac
cura
te
Bit-2
3A
nalo
gue
Out
put S
eria
l Por
t Fai
l
0430
032
3003
3Se
tpoi
nt S
tatu
s“
T9”
Bit-0
Gro
up 1
Set
poin
t 1D
ata
0
Bit-1
Gro
up 1
Set
poin
t 2
Bit-2
Gro
up 1
Set
poin
t 3
Bit-3
Gro
up 1
Set
poin
t 4
Bit-4
Gro
up 1
Set
poin
t 5
Bit-5
Gro
up 1
Set
poin
t 6
Bit-6
Gro
up 1
Set
poin
t 7
Bit-7
Gro
up 1
Set
poin
t 8
Bit-8
Gro
up 2
Set
poin
t 1
Bit-9
Gro
up 2
Set
poin
t 2
Bit-1
0G
roup
2 S
etpo
int 3
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 95 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
Bit-1
1G
roup
2 S
etpo
int 4
Bit-1
2G
roup
2 S
etpo
int 5
Bit-1
3G
roup
2 S
etpo
int 6
Bit-1
4G
roup
2 S
etpo
int 7
Bit-1
5G
roup
2 S
etpo
int 8
Bit-1
6G
roup
3 S
etpo
int 1
Bit-1
7G
roup
3 S
etpo
int 2
Bit-1
8G
roup
3 S
etpo
int 3
Bit-1
9G
roup
3 S
etpo
int 4
Bit-2
0G
roup
3 S
etpo
int 5
Bit-2
1G
roup
3 S
etpo
int 6
Bit-2
2G
roup
3 S
etpo
int 7
Bit-2
3G
roup
3 S
etpo
int 8
Bit-2
4G
roup
4 S
etpo
int 1
Bit-2
5G
roup
4 S
etpo
int 2
Bit-2
6G
roup
4 S
etpo
int 3
Bit-2
7G
roup
4 S
etpo
int 4
Bit-2
8G
roup
4 S
etpo
int 5
Bit-2
9G
roup
4 S
etpo
int 6
Bit-3
0G
roup
4 S
etpo
int 7
Bit-3
1G
roup
4 S
etpo
int 8
0430
034
Act
ive
Acc
ess
Leve
l“
T1”
Dat
a0
EVEN
T RE
CO
RDS
0430
035
Num
ber o
f Eve
nt re
cord
s“T
44”
11.
..100
Ala
rm R
ecor
dsD
ata
0
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 96 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
Even
t
0430
036
Even
t Typ
e“
T1”
0A
larm
eve
ntD
ata
0
1Se
tpoi
nt e
vent
2O
utpu
t con
tact
cha
nge
3O
pto
inpu
t cha
nge
0430
037
3004
2C
alen
dar C
lock
Tim
e St
amp
“T38
”IE
C fo
rmat
Dat
a0
0430
043
Ala
rm E
lem
ent E
vent
(dep
ends
on
Even
t Typ
e)“
T1”
0W
atch
dog
Tim
eout
Tes
t Fai
lDat
a0
1C
omm
s C
hann
el A
Tes
t 1 F
ail
2C
omm
s C
hann
el A
Tes
t 2 F
ail
3C
omm
s C
hann
el B
Tes
t 1 F
ail
4C
omm
s C
hann
el B
Tes
t 2 F
ail
5EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Im
med
iate
set
tings
6EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Sys
tem
Mod
es s
ettin
gs
7EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Dis
turb
ance
Rec
orde
r set
tings
8EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Com
mun
icat
ions
set
tings
9EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Dem
and
setti
ngs
10EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Ana
logu
e O
utpu
t set
tings
11EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Rel
ay O
utpu
t set
tings
12EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Opt
o In
put s
ettin
gs
13EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Ala
rm G
roup
1 s
ettin
gs
14EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Ala
rm G
roup
2 s
ettin
gs
15EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Ala
rm G
roup
3 s
ettin
gs
16EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Ala
rm G
roup
4 s
ettin
gs
17EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Tar
iff s
ettin
gs
18EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Met
erin
g D
ata
19EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Eve
nt R
ecor
ds
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 97 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
20EE
PRO
M E
rror
: LED
Sta
tus
21Re
al T
ime
Clo
ck Is
Inva
lid
22Re
al T
time
Clo
ck In
accu
rate
23A
nalo
gue
Out
put S
eria
l Por
t Fai
l
24EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Con
figur
atio
n se
tting
s
25EE
PRO
M E
rror
: Cal
ibra
tion
valu
es
26Fr
eque
ncy
Trac
king
Fai
l
27En
ter D
etai
led
Wav
efor
m C
aptu
re M
ode
28Fr
eque
ncy
Trac
king
Res
tore
d
29Ex
it W
avef
orm
Cap
ture
Mod
e
30Re
al T
ime
Clo
ck S
et
31Lo
cal A
cces
s Le
vel 0
Set
32Lo
cal A
cces
s Le
vel 1
Set
33Lo
cal A
cces
s Le
vel 2
Set
0430
044
Out
put C
onta
ct C
hang
e(d
epen
ds o
n Ev
ent T
ype)
“ T1
”1
Out
put 1
(bitm
ap)
Dat
a0
2O
utpu
t 2 (b
itmap
)
4O
utpu
t 3 (b
itmap
)
8O
utpu
t 4 (b
itmap
)
0430
045
Opt
o In
put C
hang
e(d
epen
ds o
n Ev
ent T
ype)
“ T1
”1
Inpu
t 1 (b
itmap
)0
2In
put 2
(bitm
ap)
0430
046
Setp
oint
Gro
up(d
epen
ds o
n Ev
ent T
ype)
“ T1
”1
Gro
up 1
Dat
a0
2G
roup
2
3G
roup
3
4G
roup
4
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 98 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
0430
047
Setp
oint
Ele
men
t“
T1”
1El
emen
t 1D
ata
0
2El
emen
t 2
3El
emen
t 3
4El
emen
t 4
5El
emen
t 5
6El
emen
t 6
7El
emen
t 7
8El
emen
t 8
0430
048
Setp
oint
Par
amet
er“
T1”
0N
o Pa
ram
eter
Dat
a0
1Fr
eque
ncy
2To
tal 3
Pha
se A
ctiv
e Po
wer
3To
tal 3
Pha
se R
eact
ive
Pow
er
4To
tal 3
Pha
se A
ppar
ent P
ower
5To
tal P
ower
Fac
tor
6Im
port
Tota
l Wat
ts D
eman
d
7Ex
port
Tota
l Wat
ts D
eman
d
8La
ggin
g To
tal V
ar D
eman
d
9Le
adin
g To
tal V
ar D
eman
d
10Po
sitiv
e To
tal V
A D
eman
d
11N
egat
ive
Tota
l VA
Dem
and
12To
tal P
ower
Fac
tor D
eman
d
13IA
14IB
15IC
16IN
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 99 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
17IA
Dem
and
18IB
Dem
and
19IC
Dem
and
20IA
TH
D%
21IB
TH
D%
22IC
TH
D%
23In
ps
24VA
25VB
26VC
27VA
B
28VB
C
29VC
A
30VA
TH
D%
31VB
TH
D%
32VC
TH
D%
33VA
B TH
D%
34VB
C T
HD
%
35VC
A T
HD
%
36Vn
ps
37dc
Inpu
t
0430
049
3005
0Se
tpoi
nt V
alue
“T15
”D
ata
0
0430
051
Setp
oint
Lev
el“
T1”
0H
igh
Ala
rmD
ata
0
1Lo
w A
larm
0430
052
Setp
oint
Trip
/ R
eset
“ T1
”0
Ala
rm T
ripD
ata
0
1A
larm
Res
et
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 100 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
DIS
TURB
AN
CE
REC
ORD
S
AN
D W
AVE
FORM
AN
ALY
SIS
0430
053
Dis
turb
ance
Rec
orde
r Sta
tus
“T46
”0
Stop
ped
Dat
a0
1Tr
igge
red
2Ru
nnin
g
0430
054
Num
ber o
f Dis
turb
ance
&W
avef
orm
Cap
ture
Rec
ords
“T45
”To
tal n
umbe
r of d
istu
rban
ce re
cord
s an
dw
avef
orm
cap
ture
recd
ord
store
dD
ata
0
REC
ORD
DA
TA
0430
055
3006
0Tr
igge
r Tim
e“T
52”
Tim
e an
d da
te s
tam
p in
IEC
870
form
atD
ata
0
0430
061
Ava
ilabl
e C
hann
els
“T49
”Bi
t set
indi
cate
s ch
anne
l is
avai
labl
e(1
=cha
nnel
1 ..
. 512
=cha
nnel
10)
Dat
a0
0430
062
Cha
nnel
Typ
es“T
49”
Bit s
et in
dica
tes
chan
nel i
s an
alog
ue,
rese
t ind
icat
es c
hann
el is
dig
ital
Dat
a0
0430
063
Reco
rd L
engt
h“T
49”
Num
ber o
f sam
ples
sto
red
in a
cha
nnel
.D
ata
0
0430
064
Num
ber o
f Sam
ple
Page
s“
T1”
Num
ber o
f sam
ple
page
s of
the
Sele
ct C
hann
el N
umbe
rD
ata
0430
065
Num
ber o
f Sam
ples
inSa
mpl
e Pa
ge“T
48”
The
num
ber o
f sam
ples
of t
heSe
lect
Sam
ple
Page
Dat
a
0430
066
Trig
ger P
ositi
on“T
49”
Dat
a0
0430
067
Tim
e Ba
se“T
56”
The
scal
ing
fact
or o
f the
tim
er c
hann
el.
It is
50n
s.D
ata
0
Scal
ing
Fact
ors
Scal
ing
fact
or to
sca
le v
alue
s fo
r eac
han
alog
ue c
hann
el
0430
068
3006
9A
nalo
gue
Cha
nnel
0“T
50”
Dat
a0
0430
070
3007
1A
nalo
gue
Cha
nnel
1“T
50”
Dat
a0
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 101 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
0430
072
3007
3A
nalo
gue
Cha
nnel
2“T
50”
Dat
a0
0430
074
3007
5A
nalo
gue
Cha
nnel
3“T
50”
Dat
a0
0430
076
3007
7A
nalo
gue
Cha
nnel
4“T
50”
Dat
a0
0430
078
3007
9A
nalo
gue
Cha
nnel
5“T
50”
Dat
a0
0430
080
3008
1A
nalo
gue
Cha
nnel
6“T
50”
Dat
a0
Cha
nnel
Nam
es
0430
082
3008
8C
hann
el 1
“T51
”D
ata
0
0430
089
3009
5C
hann
el 2
“T51
”D
ata
0
0430
096
3010
2C
hann
el 3
“T51
”D
ata
0
0430
103
3010
9C
hann
el 4
“T51
”D
ata
0
0430
110
3011
6C
hann
el 5
“T51
”D
ata
0
0430
117
3012
3C
hann
el 6
“T51
”D
ata
0
0430
124
3013
0C
hann
el 7
“T51
”D
ata
0
0430
131
3013
7C
hann
el 8
“T51
”D
ata
0
0430
138
3014
4C
hann
el 9
“T51
”D
ata
0
0430
145
3015
1C
hann
el 1
0“T
51”
Dat
a0
Dig
ital C
hann
el N
ames
0430
152
3015
8D
igita
l Cha
nnel
0“T
51”
Dat
a0
0430
159
3016
5D
igita
l Cha
nnel
1“T
51”
Dat
a0
0430
166
3017
2D
igita
l Cha
nnel
2“T
51”
Dat
a0
0430
173
3017
9D
igita
l Cha
nnel
3“T
51”
Dat
a0
0430
180
3018
6D
igita
l Cha
nnel
4“T
51”
Dat
a0
0430
187
3019
3D
igita
l Cha
nnel
5“T
51”
Dat
a0
0430
194
3020
0D
igita
l Cha
nnel
6“T
51”
Dat
a0
0430
201
3020
7D
igita
l Cha
nnel
7“T
51”
Dat
a0
0430
208
3021
4D
igita
l Cha
nnel
8“T
51”
Dat
a0
0430
215
3022
1D
igita
l Cha
nnel
9“T
51”
Dat
a0
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 102 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
0430
222
3022
8D
igita
l Cha
nnel
10
“T51
”D
ata
0
0430
229
3023
5D
igita
l Cha
nnel
11
“T51
”D
ata
0
0430
236
3024
2D
igita
l Cha
nnel
12
“T51
”D
ata
0
0430
243
3024
9D
igita
l Cha
nnel
13
“T51
”D
ata
0
0430
250
3025
6D
igita
l Cha
nnel
14
“T51
”D
ata
0
0430
257
3026
3D
igita
l Cha
nnel
15
“T51
”D
ata
0
0430
264
3027
0D
igita
l Cha
nnel
16
“T51
”D
ata
0
0430
271
3027
7D
igita
l Cha
nnel
17
“T51
”D
ata
0
0430
278
3028
4D
igita
l Cha
nnel
18
“T51
”D
ata
0
0430
285
3029
1D
igita
l Cha
nnel
19
“T51
”D
ata
0
0430
292
3029
8D
igita
l Cha
nnel
20
“T51
”D
ata
0
0430
299
3030
5D
igita
l Cha
nnel
21
“T51
”D
ata
0
0430
306
3031
2D
igita
l Cha
nnel
22
“T51
”D
ata
0
0430
313
3031
9D
igita
l Cha
nnel
23
“T51
”D
ata
0
0430
320
3032
6D
igita
l Cha
nnel
24
“T51
”D
ata
0
0430
327
3033
3D
igita
l Cha
nnel
25
“T51
”D
ata
0
0430
334
3034
0D
igita
l Cha
nnel
26
“T51
”D
ata
0
0430
341
3034
7D
igita
l Cha
nnel
27
“T51
”D
ata
0
0430
348
3035
4D
igita
l Cha
nnel
28
“T51
”D
ata
0
0430
355
3036
1D
igita
l Cha
nnel
29
“T51
”D
ata
0
0430
362
3036
8D
igita
l Cha
nnel
30
“T51
”D
ata
0
0430
369
3037
5D
igita
l Cha
nnel
31
“T51
”D
ata
0
0430
376
3038
2D
igita
l Cha
nnel
32
“T51
”D
ata
0
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 103 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
0430
383
3038
9D
igita
l Cha
nnel
33
“T51
”D
ata
0
Sam
ple
Page
0430
390
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 0
“T41
”Fi
rst d
istu
rban
ce s
ampl
e of
the
Sam
ple
Page
Dat
a0
0430
391
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 1
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
392
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 2
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
393
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 3
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
394
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 4
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
395
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 5
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
396
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 6
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
397
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 7
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
398
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 8
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
399
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 9
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
400
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 10
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
401
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 11
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
402
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 12
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
403
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 13
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
404
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 14
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
405
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 15
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
406
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 16
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
407
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 17
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
408
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 18
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
409
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 19
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
410
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 20
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
411
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 21
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
412
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 22
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
413
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 23
“T41
”D
ata
0
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 104 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
0430
414
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 24
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
415
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 25
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
416
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 26
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
417
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 27
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
418
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 28
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
419
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 29
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
420
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 30
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
421
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 31
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
422
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 32
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
423
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 33
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
424
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 34
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
425
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 35
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
426
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 36
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
427
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 37
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
428
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 38
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
429
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 39
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
430
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 40
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
431
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 41
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
432
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 42
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
433
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 43
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
434
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 44
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
435
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 45
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
436
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 46
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
437
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 47
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
438
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 48
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
439
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 49
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
440
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 50
“T41
”D
ata
0
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 105 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
0430
441
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 51
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
442
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 52
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
443
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 53
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
444
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 54
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
445
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 55
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
446
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 56
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
447
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 57
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
448
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 58
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
449
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 59
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
450
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 60
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
451
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 61
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
452
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 62
“T41
”D
ata
0
0430
453
Dis
turb
ance
Sam
ple
+ 63
“T41
”La
st D
istu
rban
ce S
ampl
e of
the
Sam
ple
Page
Dat
a0
MEA
SURE
MEN
TS
0430
454
3045
5VA
“T39
”D
ata
0
0430
456
3045
7VB
“T39
”D
ata
0
0430
458
3045
9VC
“T39
”D
ata
0
0430
460
3046
1VA
B“T
39”
Dat
a0
0430
462
3046
3VB
C“T
39”
Dat
a0
0430
464
3046
5VC
A“T
39”
Dat
a0
0430
466
3046
7IA
“T40
”D
ata
0
0430
468
3046
9IB
“T40
”D
ata
0
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 106 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
0430
470
3047
1IC
“T40
”D
ata
0
0430
472
3047
3IN
“T40
”D
ata
0
0430
474
3047
5Fr
eque
ncy
“T11
”D
ata
0
0430
476
dc m
illiv
olt I
nput
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0430
477
3047
8Pu
lse C
ount
Opt
o 1
“ T9
”D
ata
0
0430
479
3048
0Pu
lse C
ount
Opt
o 2
“ T9
”D
ata
0
0430
481
V %
NPS
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0430
482
I %N
PS“
T3”
Dat
a0
POW
ER/E
NER
GY
MEA
SURE
MEN
TS
0430
483
3048
4A
Pha
se R
eal P
ower
“T21
”D
ata
0
0430
485
3048
6B
Phas
e Re
al P
ower
“T21
”D
ata
0
0430
487
3048
8C
Pha
se R
eal P
ower
“T21
”D
ata
0
0430
489
3049
0A
Pha
se R
eact
ive
Pow
er“T
21”
Dat
a0
0430
491
3049
2B
Phas
e Re
activ
e Po
wer
“T21
”D
ata
0
0430
493
3049
4C
Pha
se R
eact
ive
Pow
er“T
21”
Dat
a0
0430
495
3049
6A
Pha
se A
ppar
ent P
ower
“T21
”D
ata
0
0430
497
3049
8B
Phas
e A
ppar
ent P
ower
“T21
”D
ata
0
0430
499
3050
0C
Pha
se A
ppar
ent P
ower
“T21
”D
ata
0
0430
501
3050
2To
tal R
eal P
ower
“T21
”D
ata
0
0430
503
3050
4To
tal R
eact
ive
Pow
er“T
21”
Dat
a0
0430
505
3050
6To
tal A
ppar
ent P
ower
“T21
”D
ata
0
0430
507
Tota
l Pow
er F
acto
r“
T8”
Dat
a0
0430
508
3050
9Im
port
Real
Ene
rgy
(Wh)
“T20
”D
ata
0
0430
510
3051
1Ex
port
Real
Ene
rgy
(Wh)
“T20
”D
ata
0
0430
512
3051
3Im
port
Reac
tive
Ener
gy (v
arh)
“T20
”D
ata
0
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 107 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
0430
514
3051
5Ex
port
Reac
tive
Ener
gy (v
arh)
“T20
”D
ata
0
Dem
and
Valu
es
Dyn
amic
Dem
and
Valu
es
0430
516
Tim
e In
to P
erio
d (m
inut
es)
“T53
”D
ata
0
0430
517
3051
8Im
port
Real
Pow
er“T
21”
Dat
a0
0430
519
3052
0Ex
port
Real
Pow
er“T
21”
Dat
a0
0430
521
3052
2La
ggin
g Re
activ
e Po
wer
“T21
”D
ata
0
0430
523
3052
4Le
adin
g Re
activ
e Po
wer
“T21
”D
ata
0
0430
525
3052
6Po
sitiv
e A
ppar
ent P
ower
“T21
”D
ata
0
0430
527
3052
8N
egat
ive
App
aren
t Pow
er“T
21”
Dat
a0
0430
529
Pow
er F
acto
r“
T8”
Dat
a0
0430
530
3053
1IA
“T40
”D
ata
0
0430
532
3053
3IB
“T40
”D
ata
0
0430
534
3053
5IC
“T40
”D
ata
0
Prev
ious
Per
iod
0430
536
3053
7Im
port
Real
Pow
er“T
21”
Dat
a0
0430
538
3053
9Ex
port
Real
Pow
er“T
21”
Dat
a0
0430
540
3054
1La
ggin
g Re
activ
e Po
wer
“T21
”D
ata
0
0430
542
3054
3Le
adin
g Re
activ
e Po
wer
“T21
”D
ata
0
0430
544
3054
5Po
sitiv
e A
ppar
ent P
ower
“T21
”D
ata
0
0430
546
3054
7N
egat
ive
App
aren
t Pow
er“T
21”
Dat
a0
0430
548
Pow
er F
acto
r“
T8”
Dat
a0
0430
549
3055
0IA
“T40
”D
ata
0
0430
551
3055
2IB
“T40
”D
ata
0
0430
553
3055
4IC
“T40
”D
ata
0
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 108 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
Max
Dem
and
Sinc
e La
st Re
set
0430
555
3055
6Im
port
Real
Pow
er“T
21”
Dat
a0
0430
557
3056
2Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
563
3056
4Ex
port
Real
Pow
er“T
21”
Dat
a0
0430
565
3057
0Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
571
3057
2La
ggin
g Re
activ
e Po
wer
“T21
”D
ata
0
0430
573
3057
8Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
579
3058
0Le
adin
g Re
activ
e Po
wer
“T21
”D
ata
0
0430
581
3058
6Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
587
3058
8Po
sitiv
e A
ppar
ent P
ower
“T21
”D
ata
0
0430
589
3059
4Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
595
3059
6N
egat
ive
App
aren
t Pow
er“T
21”
Dat
a0
0430
597
3060
2Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
603
3060
4IA
“T40
”D
ata
0
0430
605
3061
0Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
611
3061
2IB
“T40
”D
ata
0
0430
613
3061
8Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
619
3062
0IC
“T40
”D
ata
0
0430
621
3062
6Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
Pres
ent D
ay M
axim
um D
eman
d
0430
627
3062
8Im
port
Real
Pow
er“T
21”
Dat
a0
0430
629
3063
4Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
635
3063
6Ex
port
Real
Pow
er“T
21”
Dat
a0
0430
637
3064
2Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
643
3064
4La
ggin
g Re
activ
e Po
wer
“T21
”D
ata
0
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 109 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
0430
645
3065
0Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
651
3065
2Le
adin
g Re
activ
e Po
wer
“T21
”D
ata
0
0430
653
3065
8Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
659
3066
0Po
sitiv
e A
ppar
ent P
ower
“T21
”D
ata
0
0430
661
3066
6Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
667
3066
8N
egat
ive
App
aren
t Pow
er“T
21”
Dat
a0
0430
669
3067
4Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
675
3067
6IA
“T40
”D
ata
0
0430
677
3068
2Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
683
3068
4IB
“T40
”D
ata
0
0430
685
3069
0Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
691
3069
2IC
“T40
”D
ata
0
0430
693
3069
8Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
Day
1 M
ax D
eman
d
0430
699
3070
0Im
port
Real
Pow
er“T
21”
Dat
a0
0430
701
3070
6Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
707
3070
8Ex
port
Real
Pow
er“T
21”
Dat
a0
0430
709
3071
4Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
715
3071
6La
ggin
g Re
activ
e Po
wer
“T21
”D
ata
0
0430
717
3072
2Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
723
3072
4Le
adin
g Re
activ
e Po
wer
“T21
”D
ata
0
0430
725
3073
0Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
731
3073
2Po
sitiv
e A
ppar
ent P
ower
“T21
”D
ata
0
0430
733
3073
8Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
739
3074
0N
egat
ive
App
aren
t Pow
er“T
21”
Dat
a0
0430
741
3074
6Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 110 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
0430
747
3074
8IA
“T40
”D
ata
0
0430
749
3075
4Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
755
3075
6IB
“T40
”D
ata
0
0430
757
3076
2Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
763
3076
4IC
“T40
”D
ata
0
0430
765
3077
0Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
Day
2 M
ax D
eman
d
0430
771
3077
2Im
port
Real
Pow
er“T
21”
Dat
a0
0430
773
3077
8Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
779
3078
0Ex
port
Real
Pow
er“T
21”
Dat
a0
0430
781
3078
6Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
787
3078
8La
ggin
g Re
activ
e Po
wer
“T21
”D
ata
0
0430
789
3079
4Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
795
3079
6Le
adin
g Re
activ
e Po
wer
“T21
”D
ata
0
0430
797
3080
2Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
803
3080
4Po
sitiv
e A
ppar
ent P
ower
“T21
”D
ata
0
0430
805
3081
0Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
811
3081
2N
egat
ive
App
aren
t Pow
er“T
21”
Dat
a0
0430
813
3081
8Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
819
3082
0IA
“T40
”D
ata
0
0430
821
3082
6Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
827
3082
8IB
“T40
”D
ata
0
0430
829
3083
4Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
835
3083
6IC
“T40
”D
ata
0
0430
837
3084
2Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 111 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
Day
3 M
ax D
eman
d
0430
843
3084
4Im
port
Real
Pow
er“T
21”
Dat
a0
0430
845
3085
0Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
851
3085
2Ex
port
Real
Pow
er“T
21”
Dat
a0
0430
853
3085
8Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
859
3086
0La
ggin
g Re
activ
e Po
wer
“T21
”D
ata
0
0430
861
3086
6Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
867
3086
8Le
adin
g Re
activ
e Po
wer
“T21
”D
ata
0
0430
869
3087
4Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
875
3087
6Po
sitiv
e A
ppar
ent P
ower
“T21
”D
ata
0
0430
877
3088
2Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
883
3088
4N
egat
ive
App
aren
t Pow
er“T
21”
Dat
a0
0430
885
3089
0Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
891
3089
2IA
“T40
”D
ata
0
0430
893
3089
8Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
899
3090
0IB
“T40
”D
ata
0
0430
901
3090
6Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
907
3090
8IC
“T40
”D
ata
0
0430
909
3091
4Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
Day
4 M
ax D
eman
d
0430
915
3091
6Im
port
Real
Pow
er“T
21”
Dat
a0
0430
917
3092
2Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
923
3092
4Ex
port
Real
Pow
er“T
21”
Dat
a0
0430
925
3093
0Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
931
3093
2La
ggin
g Re
activ
e Po
wer
“T21
”D
ata
0
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 112 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
0430
933
3093
8Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
939
3094
0Le
adin
g Re
activ
e Po
wer
“T21
”D
ata
0
0430
941
3094
6Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
947
3094
8Po
sitiv
e A
ppar
ent P
ower
“T21
”D
ata
0
0430
949
3095
4Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
955
3095
6N
egat
ive
App
aren
t Pow
er“T
21”
Dat
a0
0430
957
3096
2Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
963
3096
4IA
“T40
”D
ata
0
0430
965
3097
0Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
971
3097
2IB
“T40
”D
ata
0
0430
973
3097
8Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
979
3098
0IC
“T40
”D
ata
0
0430
981
3098
6Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
Day
5 M
ax D
eman
d
0430
987
3098
8Im
port
Real
Pow
er“T
21”
Dat
a0
0430
989
3099
4Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0430
995
3099
6Ex
port
Real
Pow
er“T
21”
Dat
a0
0430
997
3100
2Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0431
003
3100
4La
ggin
g Re
activ
e Po
wer
“T21
”D
ata
0
0431
005
3101
0Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0431
011
3101
2Le
adin
g Re
activ
e Po
wer
“T21
”D
ata
0
0431
013
3101
8Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0431
019
3102
0Po
sitiv
e A
ppar
ent P
ower
“T21
”D
ata
0
0431
021
3102
6Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0431
027
3102
8N
egat
ive
App
aren
t Pow
er“T
21”
Dat
a0
0431
029
3103
4Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 113 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
0431
035
3103
6IA
“T40
”D
ata
0
0431
037
3104
2Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0431
043
3104
4IB
“T40
”D
ata
0
0431
045
3105
0Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0431
051
3105
2IC
“T40
”D
ata
0
0431
053
3105
8Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
Day
6 M
ax D
eman
d
0431
059
3106
0Im
port
Real
Pow
er“T
21”
Dat
a0
0431
061
3106
6Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0431
067
3106
8Ex
port
Real
Pow
er“T
21”
Dat
a0
0431
069
3107
4Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0431
075
3107
6La
ggin
g Re
activ
e Po
wer
“T21
”D
ata
0
0431
077
3108
2Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0431
083
3108
4Le
adin
g Re
activ
e Po
wer
“T21
”D
ata
0
0431
085
3109
0Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0431
091
3109
2Po
sitiv
e A
ppar
ent P
ower
“T21
”D
ata
0
0431
093
3109
8Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0431
099
3110
0N
egat
ive
App
aren
t Pow
er“T
21”
Dat
a0
0431
101
3110
6Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0431
107
3110
8IA
“T40
”D
ata
0
0431
109
3111
4Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0431
115
3111
6IB
“T40
”D
ata
0
0431
117
3112
2Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0431
123
3112
4IC
“T40
”D
ata
0
0431
125
3113
0Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 114 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
Day
7 M
ax D
eman
d
0431
131
3113
2Im
port
Real
Pow
er“T
21”
Dat
a0
0431
133
3113
8Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0431
139
3114
0Ex
port
Real
Pow
er“T
21”
Dat
a0
0431
141
3114
6Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0431
147
3114
8La
ggin
g Re
activ
e Po
wer
“T21
”D
ata
0
0431
149
3115
4Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0431
155
3115
6Le
adin
g Re
activ
e Po
wer
“T21
”D
ata
0
0431
157
3116
2Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0431
163
3116
4Po
sitiv
e A
ppar
ent P
ower
“T21
”D
ata
0
0431
165
3117
0Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0431
171
3117
2N
egat
ive
App
aren
t Pow
er“T
21”
Dat
a0
0431
173
3117
8Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0431
179
3118
0IA
“T40
”D
ata
0
0431
181
3118
6Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0431
187
3118
8IB
“T40
”D
ata
0
0431
189
3119
4Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
0431
195
3119
6IC
“T40
”D
ata
0
0431
197
3120
2Ti
me
stam
p“T
38”
Dat
a0
TARI
FF R
ATE
REG
ISTE
RS
0431
203
Cur
rent
ly A
ctiv
e Ra
te R
egis
ters
“T47
”0
No
Rate
Reg
iste
rs A
ctiv
eD
ata
0
Bit-0
Rate
Reg
iste
r 1 A
ctiv
e (b
it-m
ask)
Bit-1
Rate
Reg
iste
r 2 A
ctiv
e (b
it-m
ask)
Bit-2
Rate
Reg
iste
r 3 A
ctiv
e (b
it-m
ask)
Bit-3
Rate
Reg
iste
r 4 A
ctiv
e (b
it-m
ask)
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 115 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
Bit-4
Rate
Reg
iste
r 5 A
ctiv
e (b
it-m
ask)
Bit-5
Rate
Reg
iste
r 6 A
ctiv
e (b
it-m
ask)
Bit-6
Rate
Reg
iste
r 7 A
ctiv
e (b
it-m
ask)
Bit-7
Rate
Reg
iste
r 8 A
ctiv
e (b
it-m
ask)
0431
204
Tarif
f Set
ting
Con
flict
s“
T1”
0N
o Se
tting
Con
flict
sD
ata
0
Bit-0
Dup
licat
e ra
te s
witc
hing
eve
nts
Bit-1
Dup
licat
e se
ason
sw
itchi
ng e
vent
s
Bit-2
Con
tain
s sw
itch
to a
n in
valid
sea
son
Bit-3
Num
ber o
f sw
itchi
ng e
vent
s in
sea
son
inco
rrec
tly s
peci
fied
0431
205
3120
6Ra
te R
egis
ter 1
“T20
”D
ata
0
0431
207
3120
8Ra
te R
egis
ter 2
“T20
”D
ata
0
0431
209
3121
0Ra
te R
egis
ter 3
“T20
”D
ata
0
0431
211
3121
2Ra
te R
egis
ter 4
“T20
”D
ata
0
0431
213
3121
4Ra
te R
egis
ter 5
“T20
”D
ata
0
0431
215
3121
6Ra
te R
egis
ter 6
“T20
”D
ata
0
0431
217
3121
8Ra
te R
egis
ter 7
“T20
”D
ata
0
0431
219
3122
0Ra
te R
egis
ter 8
“T20
”D
ata
0
THD
HA
RMO
NIC
DA
TA
0431
221
VA T
HD
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
222
VB T
HD
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
223
VC T
HD
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
224
VAB
THD
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
225
VBC
TH
D%
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
226
VCA
TH
D%
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
227
IA T
HD
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
228
IB T
HD
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 116 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
0431
229
IC T
HD
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
PHA
SE V
OLT
AG
E H
ARM
ON
IC D
ATA
VA H
arm
onic
Dat
a
0431
230
VA S
econ
d H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
231
VA T
hird
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
232
VA F
ourth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
233
VA F
ifth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
234
VA S
ixth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
235
VA S
even
th H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
236
VA E
igth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
237
VA N
inth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
238
VA T
enth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
239
VA E
leve
nth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
240
VA T
wel
fth H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
241
VA T
hirte
enth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
242
VA F
ourte
enth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
243
VA F
iftee
nth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
VB H
arm
onic
Dat
a
0431
244
VB S
econ
d H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
245
VB T
hird
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
246
VB F
ourth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
247
VB F
ifth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
248
VB S
ixth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
249
VB S
even
th H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 117 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
0431
250
VB E
igth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
251
VB N
inth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
252
VB T
enth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
253
VB E
leve
nth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
254
VB T
wel
fth H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
255
VB T
hirte
enth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
256
VB F
ourte
enth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
257
VB F
iftee
nth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
VC H
arm
onic
Dat
a
0431
258
VC S
econ
d H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
259
VC T
hird
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
260
VC F
ourth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
261
VC F
ifth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
262
VC S
ixth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
263
VC S
even
th H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
264
VC E
igth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
265
VC N
inth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
266
VC T
enth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
267
VC E
leve
nth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
268
VC T
wel
fth H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
269
VC T
hirte
enth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
270
VC F
ourte
enth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
271
VC F
iftee
nth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 118 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
LINE
VOLT
AG
E H
ARM
ON
IC D
ATA
VAB
Har
mon
ic D
ata
0431
272
VAB
Seco
nd H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
273
VAB
Third
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
274
VAB
Four
th H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
275
VAB
Fifth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
276
VAB
Sixt
h H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
277
VAB
Seve
nth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
278
VAB
Eigt
h H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
279
VAB
Nin
th H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
280
VAB
Tent
h H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
281
VAB
Elev
enth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
282
VAB
Twel
fth H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
283
VAB
Thirt
eent
h H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
284
VAB
Four
teen
th H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
285
VAB
Fifte
enth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
VBC
Har
mon
ic D
ata
0431
286
VBC
Sec
ond
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
287
VBC
Thi
rd H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
288
VBC
Fou
rth H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
289
VBC
Fift
h H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
290
VBC
Six
th H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
291
VBC
Sev
enth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
292
VBC
Eig
th H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
293
VBC
Nin
th H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
294
VBC
Ten
th H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 119 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
0431
295
VBC
Ele
vent
h H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
296
VBC
Tw
elfth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
297
VBC
Thi
rteen
th H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
298
VBC
Fou
rteen
th H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
299
VBC
Fift
eent
h H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
VCA
Har
mon
ic D
ata
0431
300
VCA
Sec
ond
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
301
VCA
Thi
rd H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
302
VCA
Fou
rth H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
303
VCA
Fift
h H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
304
VCA
Six
th H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
305
VCA
Sev
enth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
306
VCA
Eig
th H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
307
VCA
Nin
th H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
308
VCA
Ten
th H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
309
VCA
Ele
vent
h H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
310
VCA
Tw
elfth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
311
VCA
Thi
rteen
th H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
312
VCA
Fou
rteen
th H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
313
VCA
Fift
eent
h H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
PHA
SE C
URR
ENT
HA
RMO
NIC
DA
TA
IA H
arm
onic
Dat
a
0431
314
IA S
econ
d H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
315
IA T
hird
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 120 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
0431
316
IA F
ourth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
317
IA F
ifth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
318
IA S
ixth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
319
IA S
even
th H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
320
IA E
igth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
321
IA N
inth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
322
IA T
enth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
323
IA E
leve
nth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
324
IA T
wel
fth H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
325
IA T
hirte
enth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
326
IA F
ourte
enth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
327
IA F
iftee
nth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
IB H
arm
onic
Dat
a
0431
328
IB S
econ
d H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
329
IB T
hird
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
330
IB F
ourth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
331
IB F
ifth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
332
IB S
ixth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
333
IB S
even
th H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
334
IB E
igth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
335
IB N
inth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
336
IB T
enth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
337
IB E
leve
nth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
338
IB T
wel
fth H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
339
IB T
hirte
enth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 121 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
0431
340
IB F
ourte
enth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
341
IB F
iftee
nth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
IC H
arm
onic
Dat
a
0431
342
IC S
econ
d H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
343
IC T
hird
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
344
IC F
ourth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
345
IC F
ifth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
346
IC S
ixth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
347
IC S
even
th H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
348
IC E
igth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
349
IC N
inth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
350
IC T
enth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
351
IC E
leve
nth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
352
IC T
wel
fth H
arm
onic
%“
T3”
Dat
a0
0431
353
IC T
hirte
enth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
354
IC F
ourte
enth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
0431
355
IC F
iftee
nth
Har
mon
ic %
“ T3
”D
ata
0
INTE
RNA
L FA
CTO
RY D
ATA
SYST
EM T
IME
STA
MPS
0432
001
3200
6C
onfig
urat
ion
Tim
e St
amp
“T38
”Ti
me
and
date
sta
mp
in IE
C 8
70 fo
rmat
Dat
a0
0432
007
3201
2C
alib
ratio
n Ti
me
Stam
p“T
38”
Tim
e an
d da
te s
tam
p in
IEC
870
form
atD
ata
0
CA
LIBRA
TIO
N C
OEF
FIC
IEN
T
0432
013
3201
4Va
Cal
ibra
tion
Coe
ffici
ent
“T18
”D
ata
0
0432
015
3201
6Ia
Cal
ibra
tion
Coe
ffici
ent
“T18
”D
ata
0
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 122 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
0432
017
3201
8Vb
Cal
ibra
tion
Coe
ffici
ent
“T18
”D
ata
0
0432
019
3202
0Ib
Cal
ibra
tion
Coe
ffici
ent
“T18
”D
ata
0
0432
021
3202
2Vc
Cal
ibra
tion
Coe
ffici
ent
“T18
”D
ata
0
0432
023
3202
4Ic
Cal
ibra
tion
Coe
ffici
ent
“T18
”D
ata
0
0432
025
3202
6Va
Tem
pera
ture
Com
pens
atio
n“T
18”
Dat
a0
0432
027
3202
8Ia
Tem
pera
ture
Com
pens
atio
n“T
18”
Dat
a0
0432
029
3203
0Vb
Tem
pera
ture
Com
pens
atio
n“T
18”
Dat
a0
0432
031
3203
2Ib
Tem
pera
ture
Com
pens
atio
n“T
18”
Dat
a0
0432
033
3203
4Vc
Tem
pera
ture
Com
pens
atio
n“T
18”
Dat
a0
0432
035
3203
6Ic
Tem
pera
ture
Com
pens
atio
n“T
18”
Dat
a0
0432
037
3203
8A
nalo
gue
Out
put 1
Coe
ffici
ent
“T18
”D
ata
0
0432
039
3204
0A
nalo
gue
Out
put 2
Coe
ffici
ent
“T18
”D
ata
0
0432
041
3204
2A
nalo
gue
Out
put 3
Coe
ffici
ent
“T18
”D
ata
0
0432
043
3204
4A
nalo
gue
Out
put 4
Coe
ffici
ent
“T18
”D
ata
0
0432
045
3204
6D
C M
illiv
olt I
nput
Offs
etC
oeffi
cien
t“T
18”
Dat
a0
0432
047
3204
8D
C M
illiv
olt I
nput
Ful
l Sca
leC
oeffi
cien
t“T
18”
Dat
a0
0432
049
3205
0D
C M
illiv
olt I
nput
Tem
pera
ture
Com
pens
atio
n“T
18”
Dat
a0
SYST
EM D
ATA
03,0
6,16
4000
1La
ngua
ge“
T1”
0En
glis
hSe
tting
03
12
1Fr
anca
is
2D
eutsc
h
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 123 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
3Es
pano
l
03,0
6,16
4000
240
003
Use
r Pas
swor
d“T
29”
Pass
wor
d to
atte
mpt
use
r acc
ess
leve
l upg
rade
Setti
ng41
h5A
h1
0
03,0
6,16
4000
440
013
Des
crip
tion
“T43
”Se
tting
20h
7Eh
12
03,0
6,16
4001
440
023
Plan
t Ref
eren
ce“T
43”
Setti
ng20
h7E
h1
2
03,0
6,16
4002
4Pa
ssw
ord
Con
trol
“ T1
”0
Men
u is
fully
pro
tect
edSe
tting
02
12
1Fu
ll ac
cess
up
to le
vel 1
use
r pas
swor
d
2Fu
ll ac
cess
up
to le
vel 2
use
r pas
swor
d
03,0
6,16
4002
540
026
Leve
l 1 -
Use
r Pas
swor
d“T
25”
Setti
ng41
h5A
h1
2
03,0
6,16
4002
740
028
Leve
l 2 -
Use
r Pas
swor
d“T
25”
Setti
ng41
h5A
h1
2
SYST
EM C
ON
FIG
URA
TIO
N
03,0
6,16
4002
9C
omm
unic
atio
n Pr
otoc
ols
“ T1
”0
Cou
rier/
IEC
870
& M
odbu
s/RS
485
Setti
ng0
11
2
1M
odbu
s/RS
232
& C
ourie
r/KB
US
03,0
6,16
4003
0M
odbu
s D
ispl
ay M
ode
“ T1
”0
Seco
ndar
ySe
tting
01
12
1Pr
imar
y
03,0
6,16
4003
1LC
D B
ack
Light
“ T1
”0
Off
Setti
ng0
11
2
1O
n
Clo
ck a
nd C
alen
dar
03,0
6,16
4003
240
037
Tim
e an
d D
ate
“T19
”IE
C 8
70 T
ime/
Dat
e fo
rmat
Setti
ng
03,0
6,16
4003
8C
lock
Syn
chro
nisa
tion
“ T1
”0
Exte
rnal
syn
chro
nisa
tion
disa
bled
Setti
ng0
602
1Sy
nchr
onis
e tim
e to
nea
rest
30 s
econ
d bo
unda
ry
2Sy
nchr
onis
e tim
e to
nea
rest
1 m
inut
e bo
unda
ry
3Sy
nchr
onis
e tim
e to
nea
rest
5 m
inut
e bo
unda
ry
4Sy
nchr
onis
e tim
e to
nea
rest
10 m
inut
e bo
unda
ry
5Sy
nchr
onis
e tim
e to
nea
rest
15 m
inut
e bo
unda
ry
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 124 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
6Sy
nchr
onis
e tim
e to
nea
rest
30 m
inut
ebo
unda
ry
7Sy
nchr
onis
e tim
e to
nea
rest
60 m
inut
ebo
unda
ry
03,0
6,16
4003
9M
axim
um C
lock
Syn
chro
nisa
tion
Inte
rval
“ T1
”0
Opt
ion
disa
bled
Setti
ng0
311
2
1 ..
31N
umbe
r of d
ays
allo
wed
bet
wee
n tim
esy
nchr
onis
atio
n ev
ents
SYST
EM M
OD
ES
03,0
6,16
4004
0C
onne
ctio
n M
ode
“ T1
”0
Sing
le P
hase
(L, N
)Se
tting
07
12
13
phas
e 4
wire
bal
ance
d (1
vol
ts, 1
cur
rent
)
23
phas
e 3
wire
bal
ance
d (3
vol
ts, 1
cur
rent
)
33
phas
e 3
wire
unb
alan
ced
(3 v
olts,
2 c
urre
nts)
43
phas
e 4
wire
unb
alan
ced
(2 v
olts,
3 c
urre
nts)
53
phas
e 4
wire
unb
alan
ced
(3 v
olts,
3 c
urre
nts)
62
phas
e 3
wire
sys
tem
(2 v
olts,
2 c
urre
nts)
73
phas
e 3
wire
bal
ance
d (2
vol
ts, 2
cur
rent
s)
03,0
6,16
4004
1Po
wer
Flo
w M
ode
“ T1
”0
Mod
e 1
Setti
ng0
31
2
1M
ode
2
2M
ode
3
3M
ode
4
03,0
6,16
4004
2C
T Pr
imar
y“
T1”
Am
psSe
tting
099
991
2
03,0
6,16
4004
3C
T Se
cond
ary
“ T4
”A
mps
Setti
ng10
0090
001
2
03,0
6,16
4004
440
045
VT P
rimar
y“
T9”
Setti
ng0
9999
991
2
03,0
6,16
4004
6VT
Sec
onda
ry“
T3”
Setti
ng10
050
000
12
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 125 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
SYST
EM C
OM
MA
ND
S
03,0
6,16
4004
7Re
set C
omm
and
Regi
ster
“T35
”Bi
t-0Re
set E
nerg
y M
eter
Setti
ng1
255
1
Bit-1
Rese
t Dem
and
Bit-2
Rese
t Ene
rgy
Met
er a
nd D
eman
d
Bit-3
Rese
t Pul
se C
ount
s
Bit-4
Rese
t Loc
al L
EDs
Bit-5
Resto
re P
assw
ord
Prot
ectio
n
Bit-6
Rese
t Eve
nt R
ecor
ds
Bit-7
Rese
t Dis
turb
ance
Rec
ords
03,0
6,16
4004
8O
pera
tor C
omm
and
Regi
ster
“T33
”1
Save
Set
tings
Setti
ng1
22
2A
bort
Setti
ngs
CO
MM
UN
ICA
TIO
N S
ETTI
NG
S
03,0
6,16
4004
9M
odem
Con
trol L
ines
“ T1
”0
Dis
able
dSe
tting
01
12
1En
able
d
Cou
rier
03,0
6,16
4005
0C
ourie
r Add
ress
“ T1
”Se
tting
025
51
2
03,0
6,16
4005
1IE
C87
0 Fr
ame
“ T1
”0
FT1.
2, 1
1 bi
tsSe
tting
01
12
110
bits
03,0
6,16
4005
2Ba
ud R
ate
“ T1
”0
1200
bau
dSe
tting
04
12
124
00 b
aud
248
00 b
aud
396
00 b
aud
419
200
baud
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 126 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
Mod
bus
03,0
6,16
4005
3M
odbu
s A
ddre
ss“
T1”
Setti
ng1
247
12
03,0
6,16
4005
4Ba
ud R
ate
“ T1
”0
1200
bau
dSe
tting
04
12
124
00 b
aud
248
00 b
aud
396
00 b
aud
419
200
baud
03,0
6,16
4005
5Fr
amin
g“
T1”
01
start
bit,
8 da
ta b
its, n
o pa
rity,
2 s
top
bits
Setti
ng0
21
2
11
start
bit,
8 da
ta b
its, e
ven
parit
y, 1
sto
p bi
ts
21
start
bit,
8 da
ta b
its, o
dd p
arity
, 1 s
top
bits
DEM
AN
D C
ALC
ULA
TIO
N
03,0
6,16
4005
6D
eman
d fu
nctio
n“
T1”
0Fi
xed
win
dow
dem
and
calc
ulat
ion
Setti
ng0
21
2
1Sl
idin
g w
indo
w d
eman
d ca
lcul
atio
n
2Th
erm
al c
hara
cter
istic
dem
and
calc
ulat
ion
03,0
6,16
4005
7D
eman
d Su
b-Pe
riod
Slid
ing
Win
dow
“ T1
”D
urat
ion
of s
ub-p
erio
d sp
ecifi
ed in
min
utes
Setti
ng1
991
2
03,0
6,16
4005
8D
eman
d Pe
riod
Slid
ing
“ T1
”N
umbe
r of S
ub-In
terv
als
in a
Dem
and
Perio
dSe
tting
115
12
03,0
6,16
4005
9D
eman
d Pe
riod
Fixe
d“
T1”
Dur
atio
n of
per
iod
spec
ified
in m
inut
es(w
hen
not S
lidin
g W
indo
w)
Setti
ng1
991
2
AN
ALO
GU
E O
UTP
UTS
Out
put 1
03,0
6,16
4006
0O
utpu
t 1 P
aram
eter
“T27
”0
No
Para
met
erSe
tting
015
12
1Fr
eque
ncy
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 127 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
2To
tal R
eal P
ower
3To
tal R
eact
ive
Pow
er
4To
tal A
ppar
ent P
ower
5To
tal P
ower
Fac
tor
6IA
7IB
8IC
9IN
10VA
11VB
12VC
13VA
B
14VB
C
15VC
A
03,0
6,16
4006
1O
utpu
t 1 F
ull S
cale
%“
T2”
Setti
ng -
- -
2
03,0
6,16
4006
2O
utpu
t 1 S
lope
Set
ting
“ T1
”0
Sing
le S
lope
Setti
ng0
11
2
1D
ual S
lope
03,0
6,16
4006
3O
utpu
t 1 X
Bre
akpo
int %
“ T2
”Se
tting
010
001
2
03,0
6,16
4006
4O
utpu
t 1 Y
Bre
akpo
int %
“ T2
”Se
tting
010
001
2
03,0
6,16
4006
5O
utpu
t 1 C
urre
nt O
utpu
t“T
28”
00
...10
mA
Uni
-dire
ctio
nal i
nput
Setti
ng0
51
2
10
... 2
0 m
A U
ni-d
irect
iona
l inp
ut
24
... 2
0 m
A U
ni-d
irect
iona
l inp
ut
30
... 1
0 m
A B
i-dire
ctio
nal i
nput
40
... 2
0 m
A B
i-dire
ctio
nal i
nput
54
... 2
0 m
A B
i-dire
ctio
nal i
nput
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 128 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
Out
put 2
03,0
6,16
4006
6O
utpu
t 2 P
aram
eter
“T27
”se
e O
utpu
t 1Se
tting
015
12
03,0
6,16
4006
7O
utpu
t 2 F
ull S
cale
%“
T2”
see
Out
put 1
Setti
ng0
2000
12
03,0
6,16
4006
8O
utpu
t 2 S
lope
Set
ting
“ T1
”se
e O
utpu
t 1Se
tting
01
12
03,0
6,16
4006
9O
utpu
t 2 X
Bre
akpo
int %
“ T2
”se
e O
utpu
t 1Se
tting
010
001
2
03,0
6,16
4007
0O
utpu
t 2 Y
Bre
akpo
int %
“ T2
”se
e O
utpu
t 1Se
tting
010
001
2
03,0
6,16
4007
1O
utpu
t 2 C
urre
nt O
utpu
t“T
28”
see
Out
put 1
Setti
ng0
51
2
Out
put 3
03,0
6,16
4007
2O
utpu
t 3 P
aram
eter
“T27
”se
e O
utpu
t 1Se
tting
015
12
03,0
6,16
4007
3O
utpu
t 3 F
ull S
cale
%“
T2”
see
Out
put 1
Setti
ng0
2000
12
03,0
6,16
4007
4O
utpu
t 3 S
lope
Set
ting
“ T1
”se
e O
utpu
t 1Se
tting
01
12
03,0
6,16
4007
5O
utpu
t 3 X
Bre
akpo
int %
“ T2
”se
e O
utpu
t 1Se
tting
010
001
2
03,0
6,16
4007
6O
utpu
t 3 Y
Bre
akpo
int %
“ T2
”se
e O
utpu
t 1Se
tting
010
001
2
03,0
6,16
4007
7O
utpu
t 3 C
urre
nt O
utpu
t“T
28”
see
Out
put 1
Setti
ng0
51
2
Out
put 4
03,0
6,16
4007
8O
utpu
t 4 P
aram
eter
“T27
”se
e O
utpu
t 1Se
tting
015
12
03,0
6,16
4007
9O
utpu
t 4 F
ull S
cale
%“
T2”
see
Out
put 1
Setti
ng0
2000
12
03,0
6,16
4008
0O
utpu
t 4 S
lope
Set
ting
“ T1
”se
e O
utpu
t 1Se
tting
01
12
03,0
6,16
4008
1O
utpu
t 4 X
Bre
akpo
int %
“ T2
”se
e O
utpu
t 1Se
tting
010
001
2
03,0
6,16
4008
2O
utpu
t 4 Y
Bre
akpo
int %
“ T2
”se
e O
utpu
t 1Se
tting
010
001
2
03,0
6,16
4008
3O
utpu
t 4 C
urre
nt O
utpu
t“T
28”
see
Out
put 1
Setti
ng0
51
2
RELA
Y O
UTP
UTS
03,0
6,16
4008
4Re
lay
1 A
ssig
nmen
t“
T1”
0D
isab
led
Setti
ng0
91
2
1Se
tpoi
nt 1
2Se
tpoi
nt 2
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 129 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
3Se
tpoi
nt 3
4Se
tpoi
nt 4
5Pu
lsed
Impo
rt kW
h
6Pu
lsed
Expo
rt kW
h
7Pu
lsed
Impo
rt kV
Arh
8Pu
lsed
Expo
rt kV
Arh
9W
atch
dog
03,0
6,16
4008
5Re
lay
2 A
ssig
nmen
t“
T1”
see
Rela
y 1
Ass
ignm
ent
Setti
ng0
91
2
03,0
6,16
4008
6Re
lay
3 A
ssig
nmen
t“
T1”
see
Rela
y 1
Ass
ignm
ent
Setti
ng0
91
2
03,0
6,16
4008
7Re
lay
4 A
ssig
nmen
t“
T1”
see
Rela
y 1
Ass
ignm
ent
Setti
ng0
91
2
03,0
6,16
4008
8Re
lay
1 D
efau
lt St
ate
“ T1
”0
Nor
mal
ly O
pen
Setti
ng0
11
2
1N
orm
ally
Clo
sed
03,0
6,16
4008
9Re
lay
2 D
efau
lt St
ate
“ T1
”se
e Re
lay
1 D
efau
lt St
ate
Setti
ng0
11
2
03,0
6,16
4009
0Re
lay
3 D
efau
lt St
ate
“ T1
”se
e Re
lay
1 D
efau
lt St
ate
Setti
ng0
11
2
03,0
6,16
4009
1Re
lay
4 D
efau
lt St
ate
“ T1
”se
e Re
lay
1 D
efau
lt St
ate
Setti
ng0
11
2
03,0
6,16
4009
240
098
Rela
y 1
Labe
l“T
22”
Setti
ng20
h7E
h1
2
03,0
6,16
4009
940
105
Rela
y 2
Labe
l“T
22”
Setti
ng20
h7E
h1
2
03,0
6,16
4010
640
112
Rela
y 3
Labe
l“T
22”
Setti
ng20
h7E
h1
2
03,0
6,16
4011
340
119
Rela
y 4
Labe
l“T
22”
Setti
ng20
h7E
h1
2
PULS
ED O
UTP
UT
SETT
ING
S
Impo
rt W
atts
03,0
6,16
4012
0Im
port
Wat
ts Pu
lse D
urat
ion
“ T1
”0
100m
sSe
tting
02
12
120
0ms
240
0ms
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 130 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
03,0
6,16
4012
1Im
port
Wat
ts Pu
lse R
ate
“ T1
”Se
e no
tes
5,6
6000
8.12
10.0
60 fo
rde
pend
ence
of P
ulse
Rat
eSe
tting
140
001
2
03,0
6,16
4012
2Im
port
Wat
ts Fu
ll Sc
ale
“ T2
”Se
e no
tes
5,6
6000
8.12
10.0
60 fo
rde
pend
ence
of F
ull S
cale
Setti
ng10
2000
12
Expo
rt W
atts
03,0
6,16
4012
3Ex
port
Wat
ts Pu
lse D
urat
ion
“ T1
”se
e Im
port
Wat
tsSe
tting
02
12
03,0
6,16
4012
4Ex
port
Wat
ts Pu
lse R
ate
“ T1
”se
e Im
port
Wat
tsSe
tting
140
001
2
03,0
6,16
4012
5Ex
port
Wat
ts Fu
ll Sc
ale
“ T2
”se
e Im
port
Wat
tsSe
tting
1020
001
2
Impo
rt va
rs
03,0
6,16
4012
6Im
port
vars
Pul
se D
urat
ion
“ T1
”se
e Im
port
Wat
tsSe
tting
02
12
03,0
6,16
4012
7Im
port
vars
Pul
se R
ate
“ T1
”se
e Im
port
Wat
tsSe
tting
140
001
2
03,0
6,16
4012
8Im
port
vars
Ful
l Sca
le“
T2”
see
Impo
rt W
atts
Setti
ng10
2000
12
Expo
rt va
rs
03,0
6,16
4012
9Ex
port
vars
Pul
se D
urat
ion
“ T1
”se
e Im
port
Wat
tsSe
tting
02
12
03,0
6,16
4013
0Ex
port
vars
Pul
se R
ate
“ T1
”se
e Im
port
Wat
tsSe
tting
140
001
2
03,0
6,16
4013
1Ex
port
vars
Ful
l Sca
le“
T2”
see
Impo
rt W
atts
Setti
ng10
2000
12
OPT
O IN
PUTS
03,0
6,16
4013
2O
pto
Inpu
t 1 C
onfig
urat
ion
“ T1
”0
Opt
o In
put D
isab
led
Setti
ng0
61
2
1D
eman
d Sy
nchr
onis
atio
n
2En
ergy
Syn
chro
nisa
tion
3En
ergy
& D
eman
d Sy
nchr
onis
atio
n
4Pu
lse C
ount
er
5C
lock
And
Cal
enda
r Syn
chro
nisa
tion
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 131 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
6Lo
gic
Leve
l
03,0
6,16
4013
340
139
Opt
o In
put 1
Lab
el“T
22”
Setti
ng20
h7E
h1
2
03,0
6,16
4014
0O
pto
Inpu
t 2 C
onfig
urat
ion
“ T1
”Se
e O
pto
Inpu
t 1 C
onfig
urat
ion
Setti
ng0
61
2
03,0
6,16
4014
140
147
Opt
o In
put 2
Lab
el“T
22”
Setti
ng20
h7E
h1
2
SETP
OIN
T SE
TTIN
GS
Setp
oint
1
03,0
6,16
4014
8Se
tpoi
nt 1
Del
ay O
n/O
ff“
T1”
Setti
ng1
601
2
Elem
ent 1
03,0
6,16
4014
9Se
tpoi
nt 1
Firs
t Set
poin
tPa
ram
eter
“T26
”0
No
Para
met
erSe
tting
037
12
1Fr
eque
ncy
2To
tal 3
Pha
se A
ctiv
e Po
wer
3To
tal 3
Pha
se R
eact
ive
Pow
er
4To
tal 3
Pha
se A
ppar
ent P
ower
5To
tal P
ower
Fac
tor
6Im
port
Tota
l Wat
ts D
eman
d
7Ex
port
Tota
l Wat
ts D
eman
d
8La
ggin
g To
tal V
ar D
eman
d
9Le
adin
g To
tal V
ar D
eman
d
10Po
sitiv
e To
tal V
A D
eman
d
11N
egat
ive
Tota
l VA
Dem
and
12To
tal P
ower
Fac
tor D
eman
d
13IA
14IB
15IC
16IN
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 132 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
17IA
Dem
and
18IB
Dem
and
19IC
Dem
and
20IA
TH
D%
21IB
TH
D%
22IC
TH
D%
23In
ps
24VA
25VB
26VC
27VA
B
28VB
C
29VC
A
30VA
TH
D%
31VB
TH
D%
32VC
TH
D%
33VA
B TH
D%
34VB
C T
HD
%
35VC
A T
HD
%
36Vn
ps
37dc
Inpu
t
03,0
6,16
4015
0Se
tpoi
nt 1
Firs
t Hi S
etpo
int
Leve
l %“
T6”
(low
er li
mit
of H
igh
Set d
epen
ds o
n up
per l
imit
of L
ow S
et;
Setti
ng -
- -
2
03,0
6,16
4015
1Se
tpoi
nt 1
Firs
t Lo
Setp
oint
Leve
l %“
T6”
(upp
er li
mit
of L
ow S
et d
epen
ds o
n lo
wer
lim
it of
Hig
h Se
t;Se
tting
- -
-2
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 133 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
Elem
ent 2
03,0
6,16
4015
2Se
tpoi
nt 1
Sec
ond
Setp
oint
Para
met
er G
roup
“T26
”se
e Se
tpoi
nt 1
Ele
men
t 1Se
tting
037
12
03,0
6,16
4015
3Se
tpoi
nt 1
Sec
ond
Hi S
etpo
int
(low
er li
mit
of H
igh
Set d
epen
ds o
n L
evel
%“
T6”
upp
er li
mit
of L
ow S
et;
Setti
ng -
- -
2
03,0
6,16
4015
4Se
tpoi
nt 1
Sec
ond
Lo S
etpo
int
(upp
er li
mit
of L
ow S
et d
epen
ds o
nLe
vel %
“ T6
” lo
wer
lim
it of
Hig
h Se
t;Se
tting
- -
-2
Elem
ent 3
03,0
6,16
4015
5Se
tpoi
nt 1
Thi
rd S
etpo
int
Para
met
er G
roup
“T26
”se
e Se
tpoi
nt 1
Ele
men
t 1Se
tting
037
12
03,0
6,16
4015
6Se
tpoi
nt 1
Thi
rd H
i Set
poin
t(lo
wer
lim
it of
Hig
h Se
t dep
ends
on
Leve
l %“
T6”
upp
er li
mit
of L
ow S
et;
Setti
ng -
- -
2
03,0
6,16
4015
7Se
tpoi
nt 1
Thi
rd L
o Se
tpoi
nt(lo
wer
lim
it of
Hig
h Se
t dep
ends
on
Leve
l %“
T6”
low
er li
mit
of H
igh
Set;
Setti
ng -
- -
2
Elem
ent 4
03,0
6,16
4015
8Se
tpoi
nt 1
Fou
rth S
etpo
int
Para
met
er G
roup
“T26
”se
e Se
tpoi
nt 1
Ele
men
t 1Se
tting
037
12
03,0
6,16
4015
9Se
tpoi
nt 1
Fou
rth H
i Set
poin
t(lo
wer
lim
it of
Hig
h Se
t dep
ends
on
Leve
l %“
T6”
uppe
r lim
it of
Low
Set
;Se
tting
- -
-2
03,0
6,16
4016
0Se
tpoi
nt 1
Fou
rth L
o Se
tpoi
nt(u
pper
lim
it of
Low
Set
dep
ends
on
Lev
el %
“ T6
”lo
wer
lim
it of
Hig
h Se
t;Se
tting
- -
-2
Elem
ent 5
03,0
6,16
4016
1Se
tpoi
nt 1
Fift
h Se
tpoi
ntPa
ram
eter
Gro
up“T
26”
see
Setp
oint
1 E
lem
ent 1
Setti
ng0
371
2
03,0
6,16
4016
2Se
tpoi
nt 1
Fift
h H
i Set
poin
t(lo
wer
lim
it of
Hig
h Se
t dep
ends
on
Leve
l %“
T6”
uppe
r lim
it of
Low
Set
;Se
tting
- -
-2
03,0
6,16
4016
3Se
tpoi
nt 1
Fift
h Lo
Set
poin
t(u
pper
lim
it of
Low
Set
dep
ends
on
Leve
l %“
T6”
low
er li
mit
of H
igh
Set;
Setti
ng -
- -
2
Elem
ent 6
03,0
6,16
4016
4Se
tpoi
nt 1
Six
th S
etpo
int
Para
met
er G
roup
“T26
”se
e Se
tpoi
nt 1
Ele
men
t 1Se
tting
037
12
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 134 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
03,0
6,16
4016
5Se
tpoi
nt 1
Six
th H
i(lo
wer
lim
it of
Hig
h Se
t dep
ends
on
Setp
oint
Lev
el %
“ T6
”up
per l
imit
of L
ow S
et;
Setti
ng -
- -
2
03,0
6,16
4016
6Se
tpoi
nt 1
Six
th L
o(u
pper
lim
it of
Low
Set
dep
ends
on
Setp
oint
Lev
el %
“ T6
”lo
wer
lim
it of
Hig
h Se
t;Se
tting
- -
-2
Elem
ent 7
03,0
6,16
4016
7Se
tpoi
nt 1
Sev
enth
Set
poin
tPa
ram
eter
Gro
up“T
26”
see
Setp
oint
1 E
lem
ent 1
Setti
ng0
371
2
03,0
6,16
4016
8Se
tpoi
nt 1
Sev
enth
Hi
(low
er li
mit
of H
igh
Set d
epen
ds o
nSe
tpoi
nt L
evel
%“
T6”
uppe
r lim
it of
Low
Set
;Se
tting
- -
-2
03,0
6,16
4016
9Se
tpoi
nt 1
Sev
enth
Lo
(upp
er li
mit
of L
ow S
et d
epen
ds o
nSe
tpoi
nt L
evel
%“
T6”
low
er li
mit
of H
igh
Set;
Setti
ng -
- -
2
Elem
ent 8
03,0
6,16
4017
0Se
tpoi
nt 1
Eig
hth
Setp
oint
Para
met
er G
roup
“T26
”se
e Se
tpoi
nt 1
Ele
men
t 1Se
tting
037
12
03,0
6,16
4017
1Se
tpoi
nt 1
Eig
hth
Hi
(low
er li
mit
of H
igh
Set d
epen
ds o
nSe
tpoi
nt L
evel
%“
T6”
uppe
r lim
it of
Low
Set
;Se
tting
- -
-2
03,0
6,16
4017
2Se
tpoi
nt 1
Eig
hth
Lo(u
pper
lim
it of
Low
Set
dep
ends
on
Setp
oint
Lev
el %
“ T6
”lo
wer
lim
it of
Hig
h Se
t;Se
tting
- -
-2
Setp
oint
2
03,0
6,16
4017
3Se
tpoi
nt 2
Del
ay O
n/O
ff“
T1”
Setti
ng1
601
2
Elem
ent 1
03,0
6,16
4017
4Se
tpoi
nt 2
Firs
t Set
poin
tPa
ram
eter
“T26
”se
e Se
tpoi
nt 1
Ele
men
t 1Se
tting
037
12
03,0
6,16
4017
5Se
tpoi
nt 2
Firs
t Hi S
etpo
int
(low
er li
mit
of H
igh
Set d
epen
ds o
nLe
vel %
“ T6
”up
per l
imit
of L
ow S
et;
Setti
ng -
- -
2
03,0
6,16
4017
6Se
tpoi
nt 2
Firs
t Lo
Setp
oint
(upp
er li
mit
of L
ow S
et d
epen
ds o
nLe
vel %
“ T6
”lo
wer
lim
it of
Hig
h Se
t;Se
tting
- -
-2
Elem
ent 2
03,0
6,16
4017
7Se
tpoi
nt 2
Sec
ond
Setp
oint
Para
met
er G
roup
“T26
”se
e Se
tpoi
nt 1
Ele
men
t 1Se
tting
037
12
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 135 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
03,0
6,16
4017
8Se
tpoi
nt 2
Sec
ond
Hi
low
er li
mit
of H
igh
Set d
epen
ds o
nSe
tpoi
nt L
evel
%“
T6”
(upp
er li
mit
of L
ow S
et;
Setti
ng -
- -
2
03,0
6,16
4017
9Se
tpoi
nt 2
Sec
ond
Loup
per l
imit
of L
ow S
et d
epen
ds o
nSe
tpoi
nt L
evel
%“
T6”
(low
er li
mit
of H
igh
Set;
Setti
ng -
- -
2
Elem
ent 3
03,0
6,16
4018
0Se
tpoi
nt 2
Thi
rd S
etpo
int
Para
met
er G
roup
“T26
”se
e Se
tpoi
nt 1
Ele
men
t 1Se
tting
037
12
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
03,0
6,16
4018
1Se
tpoi
nt 2
Thi
rd H
i(lo
wer
lim
it of
Hig
h Se
t dep
ends
on
Setp
oint
Lev
el %
“ T6
” u
pper
lim
it of
Low
Set
;Se
tting
- -
-2
03,0
6,16
4018
2Se
tpoi
nt 2
Thi
rd L
o(u
pper
lim
it of
Low
Set
dep
ends
on
Setp
oint
Lev
el %
“ T6
”lo
wer
lim
it of
Hig
h Se
t;Se
tting
- -
-2
Elem
ent 4
03,0
6,16
4018
3Se
tpoi
nt 2
Fou
rth S
etpo
int
Para
met
er G
roup
“T26
”se
e Se
tpoi
nt 1
Ele
men
t 1Se
tting
037
12
03,0
6,16
4018
4Se
tpoi
nt 2
Fou
rth H
i Set
poin
t(lo
wer
lim
it of
Hig
h Se
t dep
ends
on
Leve
l %“
T6”
upp
er li
mit
of L
ow S
et;
Setti
ng -
- -
2
03,0
6,16
4018
5Se
tpoi
nt 2
Fou
rth L
o Se
tpoi
nt(u
pper
lim
it of
Low
Set
dep
ends
on
Leve
l %“
T6”
low
er li
mit
of H
igh
Set;
Setti
ng -
- -
2
Elem
ent 5
03,0
6,16
4018
6Se
tpoi
nt 2
Fift
h Se
tpoi
ntPa
ram
eter
Gro
up“T
26”
see
Setp
oint
1 E
lem
ent 1
Setti
ng0
371
2
03,0
6,16
4018
7Se
tpoi
nt 2
Fift
h H
i Set
poin
t(lo
wer
lim
it of
Hig
h Se
t dep
ends
on
Leve
l %“
T6”
uppe
r lim
it of
Low
Set
;Se
tting
- -
-2
03,0
6,16
4018
8Se
tpoi
nt 2
Fift
h Lo
Set
poin
t(u
pper
lim
it of
Low
Set
dep
ends
on
Leve
l %“
T6”
low
er li
mit
of H
igh
Set;
Setti
ng -
- -
2
Elem
ent 6
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 136 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
03,0
6,16
4018
9Se
tpoi
nt 2
Six
th S
etpo
int
Para
met
er G
roup
“T26
”se
e Se
tpoi
nt 1
Ele
men
t 1Se
tting
037
12
03,0
6,16
4019
0Se
tpoi
nt 2
Six
th H
i Set
poin
t(lo
wer
lim
it of
Hig
h Se
t dep
ends
on
Leve
l %“
T6”
uppe
r lim
it of
Low
Set
;Se
tting
- -
-2
03,0
6,16
4019
1Se
tpoi
nt 2
Six
th L
o Se
tpoi
nt(u
pper
lim
it of
Low
Set
dep
ends
on
Leve
l %“
T6”
low
er li
mit
of H
igh
Set;
Setti
ng -
- -
2
Elem
ent 7
03,0
6,16
4019
2Se
tpoi
nt 2
Sev
enth
Set
poin
tPa
ram
eter
Gro
up“T
26”
see
Setp
oint
1 E
lem
ent 1
Setti
ng0
371
2
03,0
6,16
4019
3Se
tpoi
nt 2
Sev
enth
Hi
(low
er li
mit
of H
igh
Set d
epen
ds o
nSe
tpoi
nt L
evel
%“
T6”
uppe
r lim
it of
Low
Set
;Se
tting
- -
-2
03,0
6,16
4019
4Se
tpoi
nt 2
Sev
enth
Lo
(upp
er li
mit
of L
ow S
et d
epen
ds o
nSe
tpoi
nt L
evel
%“
T6”
low
er li
mit
of H
igh
Set;
Setti
ng -
- -
2
Elem
ent 8
03,0
6,16
4019
5Se
tpoi
nt 2
Eig
hth
Setp
oint
Para
met
er G
roup
“T26
”se
e Se
tpoi
nt 1
Ele
men
t 1Se
tting
037
12
03,0
6,16
4019
6Se
tpoi
nt 2
Eig
hth
Hi S
etpo
int
(low
er li
mit
of H
igh
Set d
epen
ds o
nLe
vel %
“ T6
”up
per l
imit
of L
ow S
et;
Setti
ng -
- -
2
03,0
6,16
4019
7Se
tpoi
nt 2
Eig
hth
Lo S
etpo
int
(upp
er li
mit
of L
ow S
et d
epen
ds o
nLe
vel %
“ T6
”lo
wer
lim
it of
Hig
h Se
t;Se
tting
- -
-2
Setp
oint
3
03,0
6,16
4019
8Se
tpoi
nt 3
Del
ay O
n/O
ff“
T1”
Setti
ng0
601
2
Elem
ent 1
03,0
6,16
4019
9Se
tpoi
nt 3
Firs
t Set
poin
tPa
ram
eter
“T26
”se
e Se
tpoi
nt 1
Ele
men
t 1Se
tting
037
12
03,0
6,16
4020
0Se
tpoi
nt 3
Firs
t Hi S
etpo
int
(low
er li
mit
of H
igh
Set d
epen
ds o
nLe
vel %
“ T6
”up
per l
imit
of L
ow S
et;
Setti
ng -
- -
2
03,0
6,16
4020
1Se
tpoi
nt 3
Firs
t Lo
Setp
oint
(upp
er li
mit
of L
ow S
et d
epen
ds o
nLe
vel %
“ T6
”lo
wer
lim
it of
Hig
h Se
t;Se
tting
- -
-2
Elem
ent 2
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 137 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
03,0
6,16
4020
2Se
tpoi
nt 3
Sec
ond
Setp
oint
Para
met
er G
roup
“T26
”se
e Se
tpoi
nt 1
Ele
men
t 1Se
tting
037
12
03,0
6,16
4020
3Se
tpoi
nt 3
Sec
ond
Hi S
etpo
int
(low
er li
mit
of H
igh
Set d
epen
ds o
nLe
vel %
“ T6
”up
per l
imit
of L
ow S
et;
Setti
ng -
- -
2
03,0
6,16
4020
4Se
tpoi
nt 3
Sec
ond
Lo S
etpo
int
(upp
er li
mit
of L
ow S
et d
epen
ds o
nLe
vel %
“ T6
”lo
wer
lim
it of
Hig
h Se
t;Se
tting
- -
-2
Elem
ent 3
03,0
6,16
4020
5Se
tpoi
nt 3
Thi
rd S
etpo
int
Para
met
er G
roup
“T26
”se
e Se
tpoi
nt 1
Ele
men
t 1Se
tting
037
12
03,0
6,16
4020
6Se
tpoi
nt 3
Thi
rd H
i Set
poin
tlo
wer
lim
it of
Hig
h Se
t dep
ends
on
Leve
l %“
T6”
(upp
er li
mit
of L
ow S
et;
Setti
ng -
- -
2
03,0
6,16
4020
7Se
tpoi
nt 3
Thi
rd L
o Se
tpoi
nt(u
pper
lim
it of
Low
Set
dep
ends
on
Leve
l %“
T6”
low
er li
mit
of H
igh
Set;
Setti
ng -
- -
2
Elem
ent 4
03,0
6,16
4020
8Se
tpoi
nt 3
Fou
rth S
etpo
int
Para
met
er G
roup
“T26
”se
e Se
tpoi
nt 1
Ele
men
t 1Se
tting
037
12
03,0
6,16
4020
9Se
tpoi
nt 3
Fou
rth H
i Set
poin
t(lo
wer
lim
it of
Hig
h Se
t dep
ends
on
Leve
l %“
T6”
uppe
r lim
it of
Low
Set
;Se
tting
- -
-2
03,0
6,16
4021
0Se
tpoi
nt 3
Fou
rth L
o Se
tpoi
nt(u
pper
lim
it of
Low
Set
dep
ends
on
Leve
l %“
T6”
low
er li
mit
of H
igh
Set;
Setti
ng -
- -
2
Elem
ent 5
03,0
6,16
4021
1Se
tpoi
nt 3
Fift
h Se
tpoi
ntPa
ram
eter
Gro
up“T
26”
see
Setp
oint
1 E
lem
ent 1
Setti
ng0
371
2
03,0
6,16
4021
2Se
tpoi
nt 3
Fift
h H
i Set
poin
t(lo
wer
lim
it of
Hig
h Se
t dep
ends
on
Leve
l %“
T6”
uppe
r lim
it of
Low
Set
;Se
tting
- -
-2
03,0
6,16
4021
3Se
tpoi
nt 3
Fift
h Lo
Set
poin
t(u
pper
lim
it of
Low
Set
dep
ends
on
Leve
l %“
T6”
low
er li
mit
of H
igh
Set;
Setti
ng -
- -
2
Elem
ent 6
03,0
6,16
4021
4Se
tpoi
nt 3
Six
th S
etpo
int
Para
met
er G
roup
“T26
”se
e Se
tpoi
nt 1
Ele
men
t 1Se
tting
037
12
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 138 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
03,0
6,16
4021
5Se
tpoi
nt 3
Six
th H
i Set
poin
t(lo
wer
lim
it of
Hig
h Se
t dep
ends
on
Leve
l %“
T6”
uppe
r lim
it of
Low
Set
;Se
tting
- -
-2
03,0
6,16
4021
6Se
tpoi
nt 3
Six
th L
o Se
tpoi
nt(u
pper
lim
it of
Low
Set
dep
ends
on
Leve
l %“
T6”
low
er li
mit
of H
igh
Set;
Setti
ng -
- -
2
Elem
ent 7
03,0
6,16
4021
7Se
tpoi
nt 3
Sev
enth
Set
poin
tPa
ram
eter
Gro
up“T
26”
see
Setp
oint
1 E
lem
ent 1
Setti
ng0
371
2
03,0
6,16
4021
8Se
tpoi
nt 3
Sev
enth
Hi S
etpo
int
(low
er li
mit
of H
igh
Set d
epen
ds o
nLe
vel %
“ T6
”up
per l
imit
of L
ow S
et;
Setti
ng -
- -
2
03,0
6,16
4021
9Se
tpoi
nt 3
Sev
enth
Lo
Setp
oint
(upp
er li
mit
of L
ow S
et d
epen
ds o
nLe
vel %
“ T6
”lo
wer
lim
it of
Hig
h Se
t;Se
tting
- -
-2
Elem
ent 8
03,0
6,16
4022
0Se
tpoi
nt 3
Eig
hth
Setp
oint
Para
met
er G
roup
“T26
”se
e Se
tpoi
nt 1
Ele
men
t 1Se
tting
037
12
03,0
6,16
4022
1Se
tpoi
nt 3
Eig
hth
Hi S
etpo
int
(low
er li
mit
of H
igh
Set d
epen
ds o
nLe
vel %
“ T6
”up
per l
imit
of L
ow S
et;
Setti
ng -
- -
2
03,0
6,16
4022
2Se
tpoi
nt 3
Eig
hth
Lo S
etpo
int
(upp
er li
mit
of L
ow S
et d
epen
ds o
nLe
vel %
“ T6
”lo
wer
lim
it of
Hig
h Se
t;Se
tting
- -
-2
Setp
oint
4
03,0
6,16
4022
3Se
tpoi
nt 4
Del
ay O
n/O
ff“
T1”
Setti
ng1
601
2
Elem
ent 1
03,0
6,16
4022
4Se
tpoi
nt 4
Firs
t Set
poin
tPa
ram
eter
“T26
”se
e Se
tpoi
nt 1
Ele
men
t 1Se
tting
037
12
03,0
6,16
4022
5Se
tpoi
nt 4
Firs
t Hi S
etpo
int
(low
er li
mit
of H
igh
Set d
epen
ds o
nLe
vel %
“ T6
”up
per l
imit
of L
ow S
et;
Setti
ng -
- -
2
03,0
6,16
4022
6Se
tpoi
nt 4
Firs
t Lo
Setp
oint
(upp
er li
mit
of L
ow S
et d
epen
ds o
nLe
vel %
“ T6
”lo
wer
lim
it of
Hig
h Se
t;Se
tting
- -
-2
Elem
ent 2
03,0
6,16
4022
7Se
tpoi
nt 4
Sec
ond
Setp
oint
Para
met
er G
roup
“T26
”se
e Se
tpoi
nt 1
Ele
men
t 1Se
tting
037
12
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 139 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
03,0
6,16
4022
8Se
tpoi
nt 4
Sec
ond
Hi S
etpo
int
(low
er li
mit
of H
igh
Set d
epen
ds o
nLe
vel %
“ T6
”up
per l
imit
of L
ow S
et;
Setti
ng -
- -
2
03,0
6,16
4022
9Se
tpoi
nt 4
Sec
ond
Lo S
etpo
int
(upp
er li
mit
of L
ow S
et d
epen
ds o
nLe
vel %
“ T6
”lo
wer
lim
it of
Hig
h Se
t;Se
tting
- -
-2
Elem
ent 3
03,0
6,16
4023
0Se
tpoi
nt 4
Thi
rd S
etpo
int
Para
met
er G
roup
“T26
”se
e Se
tpoi
nt 1
Ele
men
t 1Se
tting
037
12
03,0
6,16
4023
1Se
tpoi
nt 4
Thi
rd H
i Set
poin
t(lo
wer
lim
it of
Hig
h Se
t dep
ends
on
Leve
l %“
T6”
uppe
r lim
it of
Low
Set
;Se
tting
- -
-2
03,0
6,16
4023
2Se
tpoi
nt 4
Thi
rd L
o Se
tpoi
nt(u
pper
lim
it of
Low
Set
dep
ends
on
Leve
l %“
T6”
low
er li
mit
of H
igh
Set;
Setti
ng -
- -
2
Elem
ent 4
03,0
6,16
4023
3Se
tpoi
nt 4
Fou
rth S
etpo
int
Para
met
er G
roup
“T26
”se
e Se
tpoi
nt 1
Ele
men
t 1Se
tting
037
12
03,0
6,16
4023
4Se
tpoi
nt 4
Fou
rth H
i Set
poin
t(lo
wer
lim
it of
Hig
h Se
t dep
ends
on
Leve
l %“
T6”
uppe
r lim
it of
Low
Set
;Se
tting
- -
-2
03,0
6,16
4023
5Se
tpoi
nt 4
Fou
rth L
o Se
tpoi
nt(u
pper
lim
it of
Low
Set
dep
ends
on
Leve
l %“
T6”
low
er li
mit
of H
igh
Set;
Setti
ng -
- -
2
Elem
ent 5
03,0
6,16
4023
6Se
tpoi
nt 4
Fift
h Se
tpoi
ntPa
ram
eter
Gro
up“T
26”
see
Setp
oint
1 E
lem
ent 1
Setti
ng0
371
2
03,0
6,16
4023
7Se
tpoi
nt 4
Fift
h H
i Set
poin
t(lo
wer
lim
it of
Hig
h Se
t dep
ends
on
Leve
l %“
T6”
uppe
r lim
it of
Low
Set
;Se
tting
- -
-2
03,0
6,16
4023
8Se
tpoi
nt 4
Fift
h Lo
Set
poin
t(u
pper
lim
it of
Low
Set
dep
ends
on
Leve
l %“
T6”
low
er li
mit
of H
igh
Set;
Setti
ng -
- -
2
Elem
ent 6
03,0
6,16
4023
9Se
tpoi
nt 4
Six
th S
etpo
int
Par
amet
er G
roup
“T26
”se
e Se
tpoi
nt 1
Ele
men
t 1Se
tting
037
12
03,0
6,16
4024
0Se
tpoi
nt 4
Six
th H
i Set
poin
t(lo
wer
lim
it of
Hig
h Se
t dep
ends
on
Leve
l %“
T6”
uppe
r lim
it of
Low
Set
;Se
tting
- -
-2
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 140 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
03,0
6,16
4024
1Se
tpoi
nt 4
Six
th L
o Se
tpoi
nt(u
pper
lim
it of
Low
Set
dep
ends
on
Leve
l %“
T6”
low
er li
mit
of H
igh
Set;
Setti
ng -
- -
2
Elem
ent 7
03,0
6,16
4024
2Se
tpoi
nt 4
Sev
enth
Set
poin
tPa
ram
eter
Gro
up“T
26”
see
Setp
oint
1 E
lem
ent 1
Setti
ng0
371
2
03,0
6,16
4024
3Se
tpoi
nt 4
Sev
enth
Hi S
etpo
int
(low
er li
mit
of H
igh
Set d
epen
ds o
nLe
vel %
“ T6
”up
per l
imit
of L
ow S
et;
Setti
ng -
- -
2
03,0
6,16
4024
4Se
tpoi
nt 4
Sev
enth
Lo
Setp
oint
(upp
er li
mit
of L
ow S
et d
epen
ds o
n l
Leve
l %“
T6”
ower
lim
it of
Hig
h Se
t;Se
tting
- -
-2
Elem
ent 8
03,0
6,16
4024
5Se
tpoi
nt 4
Eig
hth
Setp
oint
Para
met
er G
roup
“T26
”se
e Se
tpoi
nt 1
Ele
men
t 1Se
tting
037
12
03,0
6,16
4024
6Se
tpoi
nt 4
Eig
hth
Hi S
etpo
int
(low
er li
mit
of H
igh
Set d
epen
ds o
nLe
vel %
“ T6
”up
per l
imit
of L
ow S
et;
Setti
ng -
- -
2
03,0
6,16
4024
7Se
tpoi
nt 4
Eig
hth
Lo S
etpo
int
(upp
er li
mit
of L
ow S
et d
epen
ds o
nLe
vel %
“ T6
”lo
wer
lim
it of
Hig
h Se
t;Se
tting
- -
-2
TARI
FF S
TRU
CTU
RE
RATE
SW
ITC
HIN
G E
VEN
TS
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
1
03,0
6,16
4024
8A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
0In
activ
e sw
itchi
ng e
vent
Setti
ng0
71
2
1 ..
7M
onda
y ..
Frid
ay
03,0
6,16
4024
9A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”H
our o
f the
sw
itchi
ng ti
me
Setti
ng0
231
2
03,0
6,16
4025
0A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
Min
utes
of t
he s
witc
hing
tim
eSe
tting
059
12
03,0
6,16
4025
1A
ctiv
e Ra
tes
“T57
”0
No
rate
regi
sters
are
act
ive
Setti
ng0
255
2
Bit-0
Rate
regi
ster 1
is a
ctiv
e
Bit-1
Rate
regi
ster 2
is a
ctiv
e
Bit-2
Rate
regi
ster 3
is a
ctiv
e
Bit-3
Rate
regi
ster 4
is a
ctiv
e
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 141 of 160
ode
Add
ress
Con
tent
sD
ata
Ind
Valu
es /
Dep
ende
ncie
sRe
g. T
ype
Min
Max
Step
Pass
code
Bit-4
Rate
regi
ster 5
is a
ctiv
e
Bit-5
Rate
regi
ster 6
is a
ctiv
e
Bit-6
Rate
regi
ster 7
is a
ctiv
e
Bit-7
Rate
regi
ster 8
is a
ctiv
e
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
2Fi
eld
attri
bute
s ar
e as
Rat
e Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
1
03,0
6,16
4025
2A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4025
3A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4025
4A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4025
5A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
3Fi
eld
attri
bute
s ar
e as
Rat
e Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
1
03,0
6,16
4025
6A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4025
7A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4025
8A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4025
9A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
4Fi
eld
attri
bute
s ar
e as
Rat
e Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
1
03,0
6,16
4026
0A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4026
1A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4026
2A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4026
3A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
5Fi
eld
attri
bute
s ar
e as
Rat
e Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
1
03,0
6,16
4026
4A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4026
5A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4026
6A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4026
7A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
6Fi
eld
attri
bute
s ar
e as
Rat
e Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
1
03,0
6,16
4026
8A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 142 of 160
ode
Add
ress
Con
tent
sD
ata
Ind
Valu
es /
Dep
ende
ncie
sRe
g. T
ype
Min
Max
Step
Pass
code
03,0
6,16
4026
9A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4027
0A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4027
1A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
7Fi
eld
attri
bute
s ar
e as
Rat
e Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
1
03,0
6,16
4027
2A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4027
3A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4027
4A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4027
5A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
8Fi
eld
attri
bute
s ar
e as
Rat
e Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
1
03,0
6,16
4027
6A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4027
7A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4027
8A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4027
9A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
9Fi
eld
attri
bute
s ar
e as
Rat
e Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
1
03,0
6,16
4028
0A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4028
1A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4028
2A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4028
3A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
10
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4028
4A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4028
5A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4028
6A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4028
7A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
11
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4028
8A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4028
9A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 143 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
03,0
6,16
4029
0A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4029
1A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
12
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4029
2A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4029
3A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4029
4A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4029
5A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
13
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4029
6A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4029
7A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4029
8A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4029
9A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
14
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4030
0A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4030
1A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4030
2A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4030
3A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
15
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4030
4A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4030
5A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4030
6A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4030
7A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
16
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4030
8A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4030
9A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4031
0A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 144 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
03,0
6,16
4031
1A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
17
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4031
2A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4031
3A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4031
4A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4031
5A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
18
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4031
6A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4031
7A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4031
8A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4031
9A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
19
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4032
0A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4032
1A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4032
2A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4032
3A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
20
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4032
4A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4032
5A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4032
6A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4032
7A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
21
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4032
8A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4032
9A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4033
0A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4033
1A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 145 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
22
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4033
2A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4033
3A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4033
4A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4033
5A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
23
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4033
6A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4033
7A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4033
8A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4033
9A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
24
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4034
0A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4034
1A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4034
2A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4034
3A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
25
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4034
4A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4034
5A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4034
6A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4034
7A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
26
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4034
8A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4034
9A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4035
0A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4035
1A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
27
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4035
2A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 146 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
03,0
6,16
4035
3A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4035
4A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4035
5A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
28
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4035
6A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4035
7A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4035
8A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4035
9A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
29
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4036
0A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4036
1A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4036
2A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4036
3A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
30
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4036
4A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4036
5A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4036
6A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4036
7A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
31
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4036
8A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4036
9A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4037
0A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4037
1A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
32
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4037
2A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4037
3A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 147 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
03,0
6,16
4037
4A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4037
5A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
33
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4037
6A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4037
7A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4037
8A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4037
9A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
34
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4038
0A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4038
1A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4038
2A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4038
3A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
35
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4038
4A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4038
5A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4038
6A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4038
7A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
36
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4038
8A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4038
9A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4039
0A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4039
1A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
37
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4039
2A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4039
3A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 148 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
03,0
6,16
4039
4A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4039
5A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
38
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4039
6A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4039
7A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4039
8A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4039
9A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
39
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4040
0A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4040
1A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4040
2A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4040
3A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
40
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4040
4A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4040
5A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4040
6A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4040
7A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
41
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4040
8A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4040
9A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4041
0A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4041
1A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
42
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4041
2A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4041
3A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4041
4A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4041
5A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 149 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
43
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4041
6A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4041
7A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4041
8A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4041
9A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
44
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4042
0A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4042
1A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4042
2A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4042
3A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
45
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4042
4A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4042
5A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4042
6A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4042
7A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
46
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4042
8A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4042
9A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4043
0A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4043
1A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
47
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4043
2A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4043
3A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4043
4A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4043
5A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 150 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
Rate
Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
48
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4043
6A
ctiv
atio
n D
ay“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4043
7A
ctiv
atio
n H
our
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4043
8A
ctiv
atio
n M
inut
e“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4043
9A
ctiv
atio
n Ra
tes
“T57
”
SEA
SON
SW
ITC
HIN
G E
VEN
TS
Seas
on S
witc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4044
0Sw
itchi
ng m
onth
“ T1
”0
Dis
able
dSe
tting
012
12
1..1
2Ja
nuar
y to
Dec
embe
r
03,0
6,16
4044
1Sw
itchi
ng d
ay o
f mon
th“
T1”
Setti
ng1
311
2
03,0
6,16
4044
2N
ew S
easo
n“
T1”
Setti
ng1
121
2
Seas
on S
witc
hing
Eve
nt 2
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as S
easo
n Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
1
03,0
6,16
4044
3Sw
itchi
ng m
onth
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4044
4Sw
itchi
ng d
ay o
f mon
th“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4044
5N
ew S
easo
n“
T1”
Seas
on S
witc
hing
Eve
nt 3
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as S
easo
n Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
1
03,0
6,16
4044
6Sw
itchi
ng m
onth
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4044
7Sw
itchi
ng d
ay o
f mon
th“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4044
8N
ew S
easo
n“
T1”
Seas
on S
witc
hing
Eve
nt 4
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as S
easo
n Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
1
03,0
6,16
4044
9Sw
itchi
ng m
onth
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4045
0Sw
itchi
ng d
ay o
f mon
th“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4045
1N
ew S
easo
n“
T1”
Seas
on S
witc
hing
Eve
nt 5
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as S
easo
n Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
1
03,0
6,16
4045
2Sw
itchi
ng m
onth
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4045
3Sw
itchi
ng d
ay o
f mon
th“
T1”
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 151 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
03,0
6,16
4045
4N
ew S
easo
n“
T1”
Seas
on S
witc
hing
Eve
nt 6
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as S
easo
n Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
1
03,0
6,16
4045
5Sw
itchi
ng m
onth
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4045
6Sw
itchi
ng d
ay o
f mon
th“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4045
7N
ew S
easo
n“
T1”
Seas
on S
witc
hing
Eve
nt 7
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as S
easo
n Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
1
03,0
6,16
4045
8Sw
itchi
ng m
onth
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4045
9Sw
itchi
ng d
ay o
f mon
th“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4046
0N
ew S
easo
n“
T1”
Seas
on S
witc
hing
Eve
nt 8
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as S
easo
n Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
1
03,0
6,16
4046
1Sw
itchi
ng m
onth
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4046
2Sw
itchi
ng d
ay o
f mon
th“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4046
3N
ew S
easo
n“
T1”
Seas
on S
witc
hing
Eve
nt 9
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as S
easo
n Sw
itchi
ng E
vent
1
03,0
6,16
4046
4Sw
itchi
ng m
onth
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4046
5Sw
itchi
ng d
ay o
f mon
th“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4046
6N
ew S
easo
n“
T1”
Seas
on S
witc
hing
Eve
nt 1
0Fi
eld
attri
bute
s ar
e as
Sea
son
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4046
7Sw
itchi
ng m
onth
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4046
8Sw
itchi
ng d
ay o
f mon
th“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4046
9N
ew S
easo
n“
T1”
Seas
on S
witc
hing
Eve
nt 1
1Fi
eld
attri
bute
s ar
e as
Sea
son
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4047
0Sw
itchi
ng m
onth
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4047
1Sw
itchi
ng d
ay o
f mon
th“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4047
2N
ew S
easo
n“
T1”
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 152 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
Seas
on S
witc
hing
Eve
nt 1
2Fi
eld
attri
bute
s ar
e as
Sea
son
Switc
hing
Eve
nt 1
03,0
6,16
4047
3Sw
itchi
ng m
onth
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4047
4Sw
itchi
ng d
ay o
f mon
th“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4047
5N
ew S
easo
n“
T1”
Switc
hing
Eve
nts
In S
easo
n
03,0
6,16
4047
6Se
ason
1“
T1”
Setti
ng0
481
2
03,0
6,16
4047
7Se
ason
2“
T1”
Setti
ng0
481
2
03,0
6,16
4047
8Se
ason
3“
T1”
Setti
ng0
481
2
03,0
6,16
4047
9Se
ason
4“
T1”
Setti
ng0
481
2
03,0
6,16
4048
0Se
ason
5“
T1”
Setti
ng0
481
2
03,0
6,16
4048
1Se
ason
6“
T1”
Setti
ng0
481
2
03,0
6,16
4048
2Se
ason
7“
T1”
Setti
ng0
481
2
03,0
6,16
4048
3Se
ason
8“
T1”
Setti
ng0
481
2
03,0
6,16
4048
4Se
ason
9“
T1”
Setti
ng0
481
2
03,0
6,16
4048
5Se
ason
10
“ T1
”Se
tting
048
12
03,0
6,16
4048
6Se
ason
11
“ T1
”Se
tting
048
12
03,0
6,16
4048
7Se
ason
12
“ T1
”Se
tting
048
12
FIXE
D D
AY
EXC
LUSI
ON
S
Fixe
d D
ay E
xclu
sion
1
03,0
6,16
4048
8Ex
clus
ion
Wee
k“
T1”
0Ex
clus
ion
not u
sed
Setti
ng0
521
2
1 ..
52W
eek
num
ber o
f yea
r
03,0
6,16
4048
9Ex
clus
ion
Day
“ T1
”Se
tting
17
12
03,0
6,16
4049
0Se
ason
To
Use
“ T1
”Se
tting
112
12
03,0
6,16
4049
1D
ay T
o U
se“
T1”
Setti
ng1
71
2
Fixe
d D
ay E
xclu
sion
2Fi
eld
attri
bute
s ar
e as
Fix
ed D
ay E
xclu
sion
1
03,0
6,16
4049
2Ex
clus
ion
Wee
k“
T1”
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 153 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
03,0
6,16
4049
3Ex
clus
ion
Day
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4049
4Se
ason
To
Use
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4049
5D
ay T
o U
se“
T1”
Fixe
d D
ay E
xclu
sion
3Fi
eld
attri
bute
s ar
e as
Fix
ed D
ay E
xclu
sion
1
03,0
6,16
4049
6Ex
clus
ion
Wee
k“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4049
7Ex
clus
ion
Day
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4049
8Se
ason
To
Use
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4049
9D
ay T
o U
se“
T1”
Fixe
d D
ay E
xclu
sion
4Fi
eld
attri
bute
s ar
e as
Fix
ed D
ay E
xclu
sion
1
03,0
6,16
4050
0Ex
clus
ion
Wee
k“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4050
1Ex
clus
ion
Day
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4050
2Se
ason
To
Use
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4050
3D
ay T
o U
se“
T1”
Fixe
d D
ay E
xclu
sion
5Fi
eld
attri
bute
s ar
e as
Fix
ed D
ay E
xclu
sion
1
03,0
6,16
4050
4Ex
clus
ion
Wee
k“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4050
5Ex
clus
ion
Day
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4050
6Se
ason
To
Use
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4050
7D
ay T
o U
se“
T1”
Fixe
d D
ay E
xclu
sion
6Fi
eld
attri
bute
s ar
e as
Fix
ed D
ay E
xclu
sion
1
03,0
6,16
4050
8Ex
clus
ion
Wee
k“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4050
9Ex
clus
ion
Day
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4051
0Se
ason
To
Use
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4051
1D
ay T
o U
se“
T1”
Fixe
d D
ay E
xclu
sion
7Fi
eld
attri
bute
s ar
e as
Fix
ed D
ay E
xclu
sion
1
03,0
6,16
4051
2Ex
clus
ion
Wee
k“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4051
3Ex
clus
ion
Day
“ T1
”
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 154 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
03,0
6,16
4051
4Se
ason
To
Use
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4051
5D
ay T
o U
se“
T1”
Fixe
d D
ay E
xclu
sion
8Fi
eld
attri
bute
s ar
e as
Fix
ed D
ay E
xclu
sion
1
03,0
6,16
4051
6Ex
clus
ion
Wee
k“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4051
7Ex
clus
ion
Day
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4051
8Se
ason
To
Use
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4051
9D
ay T
o U
se“
T1”
FIXE
D D
ATE
EXC
LUSI
ON
S
Fixe
d D
ate
Excl
usio
n 1
03,0
6,16
4052
0Ex
clus
ion
Mon
th“
T1”
0Ex
clus
ion
not u
sed
Setti
ng1
121
2
1 ..
12M
onth
of y
ear
03,0
6,16
4052
1Ex
clus
ion
Day
Of M
onth
“ T1
”Se
tting
131
12
03,0
6,16
4052
2Se
ason
To
Use
“ T1
”Se
tting
112
12
03,0
6,16
4052
3D
ay T
o U
se“
T1”
Setti
ng1
71
2
Fixe
d D
ate
Excl
usio
n 2
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as F
ixed
Dat
e Ex
clus
ion
1
03,0
6,16
4052
4Ex
clus
ion
Mon
th“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4052
5Ex
clus
ion
Day
Of M
onth
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4052
6Se
ason
To
Use
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4052
7D
ay T
o U
se“
T1”
Fixe
d D
ate
Excl
usio
n 3
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as F
ixed
Dat
e Ex
clus
ion
1
03,0
6,16
4052
8Ex
clus
ion
Mon
th“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4052
9Ex
clus
ion
Day
Of M
onth
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4053
0Se
ason
To
Use
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4053
1D
ay T
o U
se“
T1”
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 155 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
Fixe
d D
ate
Excl
usio
n 4
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as F
ixed
Dat
e Ex
clus
ion
1
03,0
6,16
4053
2Ex
clus
ion
Mon
th“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4053
3Ex
clus
ion
Day
Of M
onth
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4053
4Se
ason
To
Use
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4053
5D
ay T
o U
se“
T1”
Fixe
d D
ate
Excl
usio
n 5
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as F
ixed
Dat
e Ex
clus
ion
1
03,0
6,16
4053
6Ex
clus
ion
Mon
th“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4053
7Ex
clus
ion
Day
Of M
onth
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4053
8Se
ason
To
Use
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4053
9D
ay T
o U
se“
T1”
Fixe
d D
ate
Excl
usio
n 6
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as F
ixed
Dat
e Ex
clus
ion
1
03,0
6,16
4054
0Ex
clus
ion
Mon
th“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4054
1Ex
clus
ion
Day
Of M
onth
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4054
2Se
ason
To
Use
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4054
3D
ay T
o U
se“
T1”
Fixe
d D
ate
Excl
usio
n 7
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as F
ixed
Dat
e Ex
clus
ion
1
03,0
6,16
4054
4Ex
clus
ion
Mon
th“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4054
5Ex
clus
ion
Day
Of M
onth
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4054
6Se
ason
To
Use
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4054
7D
ay T
o U
se“
T1”
Fixe
d D
ate
Excl
usio
n 8
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as F
ixed
Dat
e Ex
clus
ion
1
03,0
6,16
4054
8Ex
clus
ion
Mon
th“
T1”
03,0
6,16
4054
9Ex
clus
ion
Day
Of M
onth
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4055
0Se
ason
To
Use
“ T1
”
03,0
6,16
4055
1D
ay T
o U
se“
T1”
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 156 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
RATE
REG
ISTE
R C
ON
FIG
URA
TIO
N
03,0
6,16
4055
2Ra
te re
giste
r 1 d
ata
sour
ce“
T1”
Setti
ng0
31
2
0Im
port
Tota
l kW
h
1Ex
port
Tota
l kW
h
2Im
port
tota
l kVA
rh
3Ex
port
Tota
l kVA
rh
03,0
6,16
4055
3Ra
te re
giste
r 2 d
ata
sour
ce“
T1”
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
regi
ster
1 da
ta s
ourc
eSe
tting
41
2
03,0
6,16
4055
4Ra
te re
giste
r 3 d
ata
sour
ce“
T1”
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
regi
ster
1 da
ta s
ourc
eSe
tting
41
2
03,0
6,16
4055
5Ra
te re
giste
r 4 d
ata
sour
ce“
T1”
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
regi
ster
1 da
ta s
ourc
eSe
tting
41
2
03,0
6,16
4055
6Ra
te re
giste
r 5 d
ata
sour
ce“
T1”
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
regi
ster
1 da
ta s
ourc
eSe
tting
41
2
03,0
6,16
4055
7Ra
te re
giste
r 6 d
ata
sour
ce“
T1”
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
regi
ster
1 da
ta s
ourc
eSe
tting
41
2
03,0
6,16
4055
8Ra
te re
giste
r 7 d
ata
sour
ce“
T1”
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
regi
ster
1 da
ta s
ourc
eSe
tting
41
2
03,0
6,16
4055
9Ra
te re
giste
r 8 d
ata
sour
ce“
T1”
Fiel
d at
tribu
tes
are
as R
ate
regi
ster
1 da
ta s
ourc
eSe
tting
41
2
DIS
TURB
AN
CE
REC
ORD
ER S
ETTI
NG
S
03,0
6,16
4056
0Sa
mpl
es p
er C
ycle
“ T1
”0
24 s
ampl
es to
be
store
d fo
r eac
h ch
anne
lin
a re
cord
Setti
ng0
11
2
148
sam
ples
to b
e sto
red
for e
ach
chan
nel
in a
reco
rd
03,0
6,16
4056
1Re
cord
Con
figur
atio
n“
T1”
01
distu
rban
ce re
cord
(36
or 7
2 cy
cles
,Se
tting
03
12
12
distu
rban
ce re
cord
(36
or 7
2 cy
cles
,
23
distu
rban
ce re
cord
(36
or 7
2 cy
cles
,
34
distu
rban
ce re
cord
(36
or 7
2 cy
cles
,
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 157 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
03,0
6,16
4056
2Po
st-tri
gger
cyc
les
“ T1
”N
umbe
r of s
ampl
e re
quire
d to
be
store
daf
ter t
rigge
r poi
ntSe
tting
0(n
ote
16)
12
03,0
6,16
4056
340
564
Setp
oint
Trig
ger
“T58
”0
Non
eSe
tting
02^
321
2
Setp
oint
1, e
lem
ent 1
... S
etpo
int 4
,el
emen
t 8 (b
it-m
ask)
03,0
6,16
4056
5O
pto
Inpu
t Trig
ger
“T57
”0
Non
eSe
tting
03
12
Opt
o in
put 1
... O
pto
inpu
t 2 (b
it-m
ask)
TRIG
GER
WA
VEFO
RM A
NA
LYSI
S A
ND
DIS
TURB
AN
CE
REC
ORD
ER C
OM
MA
ND
03,0
6,16
4056
6W
avef
orm
Cap
ture
/D
istu
rban
ce R
ecor
d C
omm
and
Regi
ster
“T34
”0
Off
Setti
ng0
31
1
1A
naly
se P
hase
A V
olta
ge a
nd C
urre
nt
2A
naly
se P
hase
B V
olta
ge a
nd C
urre
nt
3A
naly
se P
hase
C V
olta
ge a
nd C
urre
nt
4Tr
igge
r Dis
turb
ance
Rec
orde
r
REA
D D
ISTU
RBA
NC
E RE
CO
RDS
AN
D W
AVE
FORM
AN
ALY
SIS
03,0
6,16
4056
7Se
lect
Rec
ord
Type
“T37
”0
Wav
efor
m A
naly
sis
Setti
ng0
11
0
1D
istu
rban
ce R
ecor
der
03,0
6,16
4056
8Se
lect
Dis
turb
ance
Rec
ord
Num
ber
“T42
”0
New
est r
ecor
d to
be
extra
cted
Setti
ng0
31
0
1 2 3O
ldes
t rec
ord
to b
e ex
tract
ed
03,0
6,16
4056
9Se
lect
Cha
nnel
Num
ber
“T55
”0
Tim
er c
hann
elSe
tting
010
10
1Fi
rst c
hann
el s
et in
Ava
ilabl
e C
hann
el(le
ft to
righ
t) an
d so
on.
..
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 158 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
03,0
6,16
4057
0Se
lect
Sam
ple
Page
“ T1
”W
avef
orm
ana
lysi
s or
dis
turb
ance
reco
rdsa
mpl
e pa
ge.
Setti
ng0
269
10
REA
D E
VEN
T RE
CO
RDS
03,0
6,16
4057
1Se
lect
Eve
nt R
ecor
d N
umbe
r“T
36”
Setti
ng0
991
0
AD
DIT
ION
AL
DA
TA IT
EMS
SIN
CE
ISSU
E G
03,0
6,16
4057
2Fr
eque
ncy
“ T1
”(T
his
data
item
to b
e pl
aced
und
erSy
stem
Dat
a se
ctio
n.)
Setti
ng50
6010
50
INTE
RNA
L FA
CTO
RY S
ETTI
NG
S
Syste
m D
ata
06,1
641
001
4100
3Fa
ctor
y Pa
ssw
ord
“T30
”Pa
ssw
ord
to a
ttem
pt fa
ctor
y ac
cess
leve
l upg
rade
Setti
ng41
h5A
h1
0
03,0
6,16
4100
441
007
Seria
l Num
ber
“T23
”Se
tting
20h
7Eh
1C
onfig
Mod
e
03,0
6,16
4100
841
015
Mod
el N
umbe
r“T
54”
Setti
ng20
h7E
h1
Con
fig M
ode
Syste
m C
omm
ands
06,1
641
016
Fact
ory
Com
man
d Re
giste
r“T
32”
1En
ter C
alib
ratio
n m
ode
Setti
ng1
323
2Ex
it fro
m C
alib
ratio
n m
ode
4A
bort
Cal
ibra
tion
mod
e
8En
ter C
onfig
urat
ion
mod
e
16Ex
it fro
m C
onfig
urat
ion
mod
e
32A
bort
Con
figur
atio
n m
ode
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 159 of 160
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
Cal
ibra
tion
Setti
ngs
06,1
641
017
Cal
ibra
tion
Com
man
d Re
giste
r“T
31”
1C
alib
rate
Ana
logu
e in
puts
(Cal
ibra
tion
Mod
e O
nly)
Setti
ng1
12C
alib
Mod
e
2C
alib
rate
d.c
. mill
ivol
t inp
ut o
ffset
(Cal
ibra
tion
Mod
e O
nly)
3C
alib
rate
d.c
. mill
ivol
t inp
ut fu
ll sc
ale
(Cal
ibra
tion
Mod
e O
nly)
4C
alib
rate
Ana
logu
e ou
tput
s(C
alib
ratio
n M
ode
Onl
y)
5C
alib
rate
Bas
e Te
mpe
ratu
re(C
alib
ratio
n M
ode
Onl
y)
6A
nalo
gue
inpu
t act
ual v
alue
s lo
aded
(Cal
ibra
tion
Mod
e O
nly)
7A
nalo
gue
outp
ut a
ctua
l val
ues
load
ed(C
alib
ratio
n M
ode
Onl
y)
8Te
st Re
lays
Clo
sed
(Cal
ibra
tion
Mod
e on
ly)
9Te
st Re
lays
Ope
n (C
alib
ratio
n M
ode
Onl
y)
10Te
st LE
Ds
On
(Cal
ibra
tion
Mod
e O
nly)
11Te
st LE
Ds
Off
(Cal
ibra
tion
Mod
e O
nly)
03,0
6,16
4101
8A
ckno
wle
dge
Regi
ster
“ T1
”1
Ack
now
ledg
e A
nalo
gue
inpu
ts C
alib
ratio
n su
cces
sSe
tting
010
23C
alib
Mod
e
2A
ckno
wle
dge
Ana
logu
e in
puts
Cal
ibra
tion
Faile
d
4A
ckno
wle
dge
d.c.
mill
ivol
t inp
ut o
ffset
Cal
ibra
tion
succ
ess
8A
ckno
wle
dge
d.c.
mill
ivol
t inp
ut o
ffset
Cal
ibra
tion
Faile
d
16A
ckno
wle
dge
d.c.
mill
ivol
t inp
ut fu
ll sc
ale
Cal
ibra
tion
succ
ess
Cod
eA
ddre
ssC
onte
nts
Dat
aIn
dVa
lues
/ D
epen
denc
ies
Reg.
Typ
eM
inM
axSt
epPa
ssco
de
32A
ckno
wle
dge
d.c.
mill
ivol
t inp
ut fu
ll sc
ale
Cal
ibra
tion
Faile
d
64A
ckno
wle
dge
Ana
logu
e ou
tput
sC
alib
ratio
n su
cces
s
128
Ack
now
ledg
e A
nalo
gue
outp
uts
Cal
ibra
tion
Faile
d
256
Ack
now
ledg
e Ba
se T
empe
rture
Cal
ibra
tion
succ
ess
512
Ack
now
ledg
e Ba
se T
empe
rture
Cal
ibra
tion
faile
d
03,0
6,16
4101
941
020
Va C
alib
ratio
n A
ctua
l Val
ue“T
13”
Setti
ng0
100
0.00
001
Cal
ib M
ode
03,0
6,16
4102
141
022
Ia C
alib
ratio
n A
ctua
l Val
ue“T
13”
Setti
ng0
100
0.00
001
Cal
ib M
ode
03,0
6,16
4102
341
024
Vb C
alib
ratio
n A
ctua
l Val
ue“T
13”
Setti
ng0
100
0.00
001
Cal
ib M
ode
03,0
6,16
4102
541
026
Ib C
alib
ratio
n A
ctua
l Val
ue“T
13”
Setti
ng0
100
0.00
001
Cal
ib M
ode
03,0
6,16
4102
741
028
Vc C
alib
ratio
n A
ctua
l Val
ue“T
13”
Setti
ng0
100
0.00
001
Cal
ib M
ode
03,0
6,16
4102
941
030
Ic C
alib
ratio
n A
ctua
l Val
ue“T
13”
Setti
ng0
100
0.00
001
Cal
ib M
ode
03,0
6,16
4103
141
032
Ana
logu
e O
utpu
t 1A
ctua
l Val
ue“T
13”
Setti
ng0
100
0.00
001
Cal
ib M
ode
03,0
6,16
4103
341
034
Ana
logu
e O
utpu
t 2A
ctua
l Val
ue“T
13”
Setti
ng0
100
0.00
001
Cal
ib M
ode
03,0
6,16
4103
541
036
Ana
logu
e O
utpu
t 3A
ctua
l Val
ue“T
13”
Setti
ng0
100
0.00
001
Cal
ib M
ode
03,0
6,16
4103
741
038
Ana
logu
e O
utpu
t 4A
ctua
l Val
ue“T
13”
Setti
ng0
100
0.00
001
Cal
ib M
ode
03,0
6,16
4103
9Re
prog
ram
Fla
shM
emor
y C
omm
and
“T59
”
231
30A
pat
tern
of 0
x05A
5A n
eed
to b
e en
tere
din
ord
er to
exe
cute
the
com
man
d.Se
tting
02^
161
Cal
ib M
ode
SERVICE MANUAL R8605AM301, M302 Volume 2
Chapter 5Page 160 of 160
continued overleaf
REPAIR FORM
Please complete this form and return it to ALSTOM T&D Protection & Control Limited with theequipment to be repaired. This form may also be used in the case of application queries.
ALSTOM T&D Protection & Control LimitedSt. Leonards WorksStaffordST17 4LX,England
For: After Sales Service Department
Customer Ref: _____________________ Model No: __________________
GECA Contract Ref: _____________________ Serial No: __________________
Date: _____________________
1. What parameters were in use at the time the fault occurred?
AC volts _____________ Main VT/Test set
DC volts _____________ Battery/Power supply
AC current _____________ Main CT/Test set
Frequency _____________
2. Which type of test was being used? ____________________________________________
3. Were all the external components fitted where required? Yes/No(Delete as appropriate.)
4. List the relay settings being used
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
5. What did you expect to happen?
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
6. What did happen?
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
7. When did the fault occur?
Instant Yes/No Intermittent Yes/No
Time delayed Yes/No (Delete as appropriate).
By how long? ___________
8. What indications if any did the relay show?
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
9. Was there any visual damage?
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
10. Any other remarks which may be useful:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________ _______________________________________Signature Title
______________________________________ _______________________________________Name (in capitals) Company name
A L S T O M T & D P r o t e c t i o n & C o n t r o l L t d St Leonards Works, Stafford, ST17 4LX EnglandTel: 44 (0) 1785 223251 Fax: 44 (0) 1785 212232 Email: [email protected] Internet: www.alstom.com
©1999 ALSTOM T&D Protection & Control Ltd
Our policy is one of continuous product development and the right is reserved to supply equipment which may vary from that described.
Publication R8605B Printed in England.